From 45cb5bb3c0e6edb887cf69b417fcaf7053814a9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Aron Xu Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2016 20:06:37 +0800 Subject: Imported Upstream version 1.4.4 --- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 108 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 106 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 700 +++++++++++------------ docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html | 332 +++++------ docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 512 ++++++++--------- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 52 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 94 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 76 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 174 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 156 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 108 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 82 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 230 ++++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 172 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 152 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 458 +++++++-------- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 56 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 74 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 86 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 40 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 238 ++++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 178 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 80 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 530 ++++++++--------- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 106 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 52 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 44 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 224 ++++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 54 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 70 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 114 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 104 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 158 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 196 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 204 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 194 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 100 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 54 +- docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/ch02.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/ch03.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/ch04.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/ch05.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/ch06.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/index.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 44 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 58 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 646 ++++++++++----------- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/version.xml | 2 +- 79 files changed, 3996 insertions(+), 3996 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs/libnm') diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html index 1ad00a92..12e70569 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMAccessPoint: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_access_point_get_last_seen () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -161,23 +161,23 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ +GBytes * - + @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * bssid Read
Read
guintguint frequency Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
gintgint last-seen Read
guintguint max-bitrate Read
-GBytes * ssid Read
gucharguchar strength Read
+
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMAccessPoint implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_flags (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags (Gets the WPA (version 1) flags of the access point.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -368,12 +368,12 @@ point.

nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the SSID of the access point.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (

Returns

-

the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the +

the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the SSID is unknown.

[transfer none]

@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_bssid (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -423,12 +423,12 @@ not be modified or freed.

nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the frequency of the access point.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -475,12 +475,12 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (

nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -501,12 +501,12 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (

nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -527,14 +527,14 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (

nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the access
 point has not been found in a scan.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -556,9 +556,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.

nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and returns connections which may be activated with the access point. Any returned connections will match the ap @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ use

Parameters

-
+
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ with this function.

 - @@ -594,16 +594,16 @@ filter.

Returns

an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap +NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
                                   NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ the connection may be activated with that AP.  The connection must match the
 channel, band, etc.

 

 
Parameters

-

connections

an array of NMConnections to +

an array of NMConnections to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -637,8 +637,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ against

Property Details

The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *
+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

The BSSID of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ against

The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint
+
  “frequency”                guint

The frequency of the access point.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 10000

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ against

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

Alias for “bssid”.

NMAccessPoint:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.0 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ against

The “last-seen” property

-
  “last-seen”                gint
+
  “last-seen”                gint

The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the access point was found in scan results. A value of -1 means the access point has not been found in a scan.

@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.

The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint
+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -792,14 +792,14 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or

The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
-

The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
+

The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

Flags: Read

The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar
+
  “strength”                 guchar

The current signal strength of the access point.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html index b6b12c94..1cda4441 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMActiveConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ -
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_active_connection_get_devices () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_default6 () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_active_connection_get_vpn () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -176,18 +176,18 @@ - + - + +GPtrArray * @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -240,18 +240,18 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Types and Values

-
Read
gbooleangboolean default Read
gbooleangboolean default6 Read
-GPtrArray * devices Read
-gchar * id Read
-gchar * specific-object-path Read
-gchar * type Read
-gchar * uuid Read
gbooleangboolean vpn Read
+
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMActiveConnection implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_id (NMConnection's ID.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_uuid (Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type

Gets the NMConnection's type.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ connection, then the specific object will be an nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path().)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMDevice]

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_state (Gets the active connection's state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (Gets the master NMDevice of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -580,13 +580,13 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (

nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (Gets the current IPv4 NMIPConfig associated with the NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -665,13 +665,13 @@ state.

nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (Gets the current IPv6 NMIPConfig associated with the NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is +

the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state.

[transfer none]

@@ -750,12 +750,12 @@ state.

nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

Returns

-

TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+

TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean
+
  “default”                  gboolean

Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean
+
  “default6”                 gboolean

Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *
+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

The devices of the active connection.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *
+
  “id”                       gchar *

The active connection's ID

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “specific-object-path” property

-
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *
+
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

The path to the "specific object" of the active connection; see nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path() for more details.

Flags: Read

@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

The active connection's type

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *
+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

The active connection's UUID

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (

The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean
+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html index 2c8913a8..487922bc 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMClient: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ - - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_client_error_quark () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_startup () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_nm_running () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_get_enabled () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_set_enabled () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_get_enabled () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_get_enabled () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_get_enabled () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_logging () @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_set_logging () @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname () @@ -268,21 +268,21 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_devices ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_all_devices () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_active_connections () @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection () @@ -377,14 +377,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_connections () @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections () @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections_finish () @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections () @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections_finish () @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -498,24 +498,24 @@ +GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * - + +GPtrArray * @@ -526,28 +526,28 @@ +GPtrArray * +gchar * - + - + - + @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ - + @@ -569,37 +569,37 @@ +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@

Signals

-
-GPtrArray * active-connections Read
-GPtrArray * all-devices Read
gbooleangboolean can-modify Read
-GPtrArray * connections Read
-GPtrArray * devices Read
-gchar * hostname Read
guintguint metered Read
gbooleangboolean networking-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean nm-running Read
Read
gbooleangboolean startup Read
-gchar * version Read
gbooleangboolean wimax-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wimax-hardware-enabled Read
gbooleangboolean wireless-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wireless-hardware-enabled Read
gbooleangboolean wwan-enabled Read / Write
gbooleangboolean wwan-hardware-enabled Read
+
@@ -618,54 +618,54 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
void active-connection-addedRun FirstRun First
void active-connection-removedRun FirstRun First
void any-device-addedRun FirstRun First
void any-device-removedRun FirstRun First
void connection-addedRun FirstRun First
void connection-removedRun FirstRun First
void device-addedRun FirstRun First
void device-removedRun FirstRun First
void permission-changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ ├── NMClientError ├── NMClientPermission ╰── NMClientPermissionResult - GObject + GObject╰── NMClient @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMClient implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ NMClient implements

Functions

nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

 

@@ -849,15 +849,15 @@ nm_client_error_quark (void
 
nm_client_new ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
-               GError **error);

+nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
+               GError **error);

Creates a new NMClient.

Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the client. You can use nm_client_new_async() if you want to avoid that.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -866,12 +866,12 @@ that.

 - + - + @@ -886,9 +886,9 @@ that.

nm_client_new_async ()

void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);
+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it. callback will be called when it is done; use @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ nm_client_new_async (

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

 - + @@ -927,12 +927,12 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

nm_client_new_finish ()

NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);
+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -941,12 +941,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

result

- + - + @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

Returns

-

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (

Parameters

-

a GAsyncResult

a GAsyncResult

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (

Returns

-

string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

+

string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1012,13 +1012,13 @@ nm_client_get_state (

nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

 
Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating
 connections at startup.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1039,12 +1039,12 @@ connections at startup.

nm_client_get_nm_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the daemon is running.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1059,18 +1059,18 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (

Returns

-

TRUE if the daemon is running

+

TRUE if the daemon is running

nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1085,22 +1085,22 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+

TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  gboolean enabled,
+                                  GError **error);

Enables or disables networking. When networking is disabled, all controlled interfaces are disconnected and deactivated. When networking is enabled, all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1114,12 +1114,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 - + - + @@ -1127,18 +1127,18 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

 

 
Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

  

error

return location for a GError, or NULL.

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if wireless is enabled

+

TRUE if wireless is enabled

@@ -1161,11 +1161,11 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (

nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables wireless devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ( - + @@ -1189,13 +1189,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (

nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

 

 
Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to enable wireless

TRUE to enable wireless

  
+
@@ -1210,18 +1210,18 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled

Returns

-

TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+

TRUE if WWAN is enabled

@@ -1244,11 +1244,11 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables WWAN devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

enabled

- + @@ -1272,12 +1272,12 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 

 
Parameters

-

TRUE to enable WWAN

TRUE to enable WWAN

  
+
@@ -1292,18 +1292,18 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+

TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

@@ -1326,11 +1326,11 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

enabled

- + @@ -1354,12 +1354,12 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 

 
Parameters

-

TRUE to enable WiMAX

TRUE to enable WiMAX

  
+
@@ -1374,21 +1374,21 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (

Returns

-

TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+

TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

- + @@ -1421,21 +1421,21 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

Parameters

-

error

return location for a GError, or NULL.

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1449,18 +1449,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (

level

- + +domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

- + @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ nm_client_get_permission_result (

Parameters

-

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[allow-none]

domains

logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log -domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[allow-none]

error

return location for a GError, or NULL.

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ nm_client_get_connectivity (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1540,8 +1540,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

nm_client_check_connectivity ()

NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new) current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ the most recent known state without re-checking.

if you do not want to block.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1563,12 +1563,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

 - + - + @@ -1584,9 +1584,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes callback when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), @@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ which (immediately) returns the most recent known state without re-checking, and nm_client_check_connectivity(), which blocks.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable

a GCancellable

  

error

return location for a GError

return location for a GError

  
+
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ re-checking, and

cancellable

- + @@ -1631,13 +1631,13 @@ re-checking, and

nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async() call.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable

a GCancellable

  
+
@@ -1651,12 +1651,12 @@ call.

 - + - + @@ -1670,16 +1670,16 @@ call.

nm_client_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                          const char *hostname,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GError **error);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

Parameters

-

result

the GAsyncResult

the GAsyncResult

  

error

return location for a GError

return location for a GError

  
+
@@ -1693,18 +1693,18 @@ or cleared.

 - - + - + @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

@@ -1721,14 +1721,14 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

void
 nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                const char *hostname,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

Parameters

-

hostname

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[allow-none]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

  
+
@@ -1742,13 +1742,13 @@ or cleared.

 - - + @@ -1769,14 +1769,14 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

Parameters

-

hostname

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[allow-none]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1790,12 +1790,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish ( - + - + @@ -1803,13 +1803,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the known network devices.  Use nm_device_get_type() or the
 NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of
@@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@ device member of the returned array is, and then you may use device-specific
 methods such as nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address().

 

 
Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

  
+
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ methods such as

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ containing all the NM

nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which
 do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ what kind of device each member of the returned array is, and then you may
 use device-specific methods such as nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the NMDevices. The returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (NMDevice from a NMClient.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given object_path -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

@@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (Gets a NMDevice from a NMClient.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1943,19 +1943,19 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given iface -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the active connections.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray +

a GPtrArray containing all the active NMActiveConnections. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -1989,10 +1989,10 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route, then this function returns the active connection that contains the route to the VPN endpoint.

If there is no default route, or the default route is over a -non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ currently-activating connection that is expected to become the new “primary-connection” upon successful activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2050,9 +2050,9 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMConnection *connection, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the configuration settings from connection and the network device device @@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ the new connection, not when it finishes. You can used the returned track the activation to its completion.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 - + @@ -2132,12 +2132,12 @@ details of the newly added connection.

nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()

NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

Parameters

-

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ details of the newly added connection.

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2151,12 +2151,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (

result

- + - + @@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (

Returns

-

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -2179,9 +2179,9 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async NMConnection *partial, NMDevice *device, const char *specific_object, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template, automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given device and specific object. The new connection is then asynchronously @@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@ the new connection, not when it finishes. You can used the returned track the activation to its completion.

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ before being added.

- + @@ -2257,14 +2257,14 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

Parameters

-

partial

an NMConnection to add; the connection may be -partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager +partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager using the given device and specific_object before being added.

specific_object

the object path of a connection-type-specific object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for -wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used +wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used (ie, no specific object). For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device , which you can @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ details of the newly added connection.

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2278,12 +2278,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish - + - + @@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish

Returns

-

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -2300,15 +2300,15 @@ will be set.

nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                  NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GError **error);

Deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2327,12 +2327,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection ( - + - + @@ -2349,13 +2349,13 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (

cancellable

- + @@ -2395,15 +2395,15 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (

nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

Parameters

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2417,12 +2417,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish - + - + @@ -2436,11 +2436,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish

nm_client_get_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

 

 
Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no matching object was found.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (

Returns

-

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was +

the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was not known

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2586,13 +2586,13 @@ to void nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client, NMConnection *connection, - gboolean save_to_disk, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new connection. If save_to_disk - is TRUE, the connection is immediately written + is TRUE, the connection is immediately written to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() method.

@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ identical settings to connection completion and/or normalization of connection properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ added, not the object itself

 - + @@ -2657,12 +2657,12 @@ added, not the object itself

nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                 GAsyncResult *result,
-                                 GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2676,12 +2676,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish ( - + - + @@ -2689,7 +2689,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (

Returns

-

the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on +

the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on failure, in which case error will be set.

[transfer full]

@@ -2698,27 +2698,27 @@ will be set.

nm_client_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                             char **filenames,
                             char ***failures,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GError **error);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GError **error);

Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in client 's connections array when the function returns.

If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the -function will return TRUE, and failures - will be set to NULL. If +function will return TRUE, and failures + will be set to NULL. If NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed, then failures - will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the + will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the filenames that failed to load.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2732,23 +2732,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

 - + - - + - + @@ -2756,9 +2756,9 @@ filenames that failed to load.

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames +

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames , -FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

@@ -2767,15 +2767,15 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

void
 nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client,
                                   char **filenames,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

Parameters

-

filenames

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

[array zero-terminated=1]

failures

on return, a NULL-terminated array of +

on return, a NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

[out][transfer full]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

  
+
@@ -2789,12 +2789,12 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 - + - + @@ -2815,16 +2815,16 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                    char ***failures,
-                                   GAsyncResult *result,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GAsyncResult *result,
+                                   GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

Parameters

-

filenames

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

NULL-terminated array of filenames to load.

[array zero-terminated=1]

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2839,17 +2839,17 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish ( +NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

- + - + @@ -2857,24 +2857,24 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames +

TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames , -FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

nm_client_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Parameters

-

failures

on return, a -NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load.

[out][transfer full][array zero-terminated=1]

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2888,12 +2888,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 - + - + @@ -2901,7 +2901,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

@@ -2909,15 +2909,15 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

void
 nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

  
+
@@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 - + @@ -2952,14 +2952,14 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2973,12 +2973,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish ( - + - + @@ -2986,7 +2986,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+

TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

@@ -3178,7 +3178,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (

Members

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

return location for GError

return location for GError

  
+
@@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ clients can obtain to perform certain tasks on behalf of the current user.

the user requires to obtain a given NMClientPermission

Members

-
+
@@ -3377,7 +3377,7 @@ the user requires to obtain a given NMManagerError, NMSettingsError, NMAgentManagerError, and NMConnectionError.

Members

-
+
@@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@ likely to become the new

The “active-connections” property

-
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *
+
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

The active connections.

Element-type: NMActiveConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -3445,7 +3445,7 @@ likely to become the new

The “all-devices” property

-
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *
+
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

List of both real devices and device placeholders.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3454,15 +3454,15 @@ likely to become the new

The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

The “connections” property

-
  “connections”              GPtrArray *
+
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have @@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *
+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

List of real network devices. Does not include placeholder devices.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

@@ -3489,7 +3489,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *
+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be modified by calling nm_client_save_hostname().

Flags: Read

@@ -3498,7 +3498,7 @@ modified by calling

The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint
+
  “metered”                  guint

Whether the connectivity is metered.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -3507,7 +3507,7 @@ modified by calling

The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean
+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

Whether networking is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: TRUE

@@ -3515,7 +3515,7 @@ modified by calling

The “nm-running” property

-
  “nm-running”               gboolean
+
  “nm-running”               gboolean

Whether the daemon is running.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3531,7 +3531,7 @@ see

The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean
+
  “startup”                  gboolean

Whether the daemon is still starting up.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3547,7 +3547,7 @@ see

The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *
+
  “version”                  gchar *

The NetworkManager version.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ see

The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean
+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3563,7 +3563,7 @@ see

The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean
+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ see

The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean
+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

Whether wireless is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3579,7 +3579,7 @@ see

The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean
+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: TRUE

@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@ see

The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean
+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3595,7 +3595,7 @@ see

The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean
+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3608,11 +3608,11 @@ see void user_function (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been added.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3637,7 +3637,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -3645,11 +3645,11 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMActiveConnection *active_connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been removed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3674,20 +3674,20 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “any-device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3712,20 +3712,20 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “any-device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3750,7 +3750,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -3758,11 +3758,11 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3787,7 +3787,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -3795,11 +3795,11 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMRemoteConnection *connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3824,20 +3824,20 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3862,20 +3862,20 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3900,20 +3900,20 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “permission-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a permission has changed

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3943,7 +3943,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html index 06e33b13..efa99d86 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_connection_to_dbus () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify_secrets () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_virtual () @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ connection takes ownership of the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ the setting object's reference count.

nm_connection_remove_setting ()

void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);
-

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ operation dereferences the

setting_type

- + @@ -630,12 +630,12 @@ operation dereferences the

nm_connection_get_setting ()

NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);
-

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

Parameters

-

the GType of the setting object to remove

the GType of the setting object to remove

  
+
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ to the - + @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ to the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_by_name (NMConnection.

Parameters

-

setting_type

the GType of the setting object to return

the GType of the setting object to return

  
+
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -702,15 +702,15 @@ added to the

nm_connection_to_dbus ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
 NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for
 marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant describing the connection, +

a new floating GVariant describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's properties.

[transfer none]

@@ -740,10 +740,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties.

nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GVariant *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GVariant *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

Replaces connection 's settings with new_settings (which must be @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ syntactically valid, and describe a known type of connection, but does not need to result in a connection that passes nm_connection_verify()).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -765,12 +765,12 @@ need to result in a connection that passes

new_settings

- + - + @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes

Returns

-

TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings +

TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings could not be deserialized (in which case connection will be unchanged).

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection with the copied settings.

Parameters

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

  

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (

nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ modified by a set of flags.  See 
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -881,17 +881,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ each setting that differ are added to the returned o No values are returned, only key names.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -935,16 +935,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of

Returns

-

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GError **error);

Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -952,11 +952,11 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 - + @@ -978,19 +978,19 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GError **error);

Verifies the secrets in the connection.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

error

- + @@ -1012,29 +1012,29 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

Since: 1.2

nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

-

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

+

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

Parameters

-

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1048,10 +1048,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

 - @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

- @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

nm_connection_need_secrets ()

const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);
+ GPtrArray **hints);

Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ circumstances, there is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

Parameters

-

parameters

a GHashTable with +

a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. +used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

[allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]

error

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  
+
@@ -1101,10 +1101,10 @@ secrets are needed.

 - @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets (

Parameters

-

hints

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

[out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
+
@@ -1147,12 +1147,12 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1183,22 +1183,22 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.

nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GVariant *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GVariant *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary. If setting_name - is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1217,13 +1217,13 @@ settings contained in secrets - - + @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

@@ -1242,11 +1242,11 @@ failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

nm_connection_set_path (NMConnection *connection, const char *path);

Sets the D-Bus path of the connection. This property is not serialized, and -is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the “path” +is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the “path” property.

Parameters

-

secrets

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

  

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1301,13 +1301,13 @@ nm_connection_get_path (const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1322,13 +1322,13 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1361,8 +1361,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not

@@ -1371,12 +1371,12 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ be used for serialization of the connection or machine-parsed in any way. The output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ nm_connection_get_uuid (NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ nm_connection_get_id (NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (A shortcut to return the type from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1508,14 +1508,14 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (

nm_connection_is_virtual ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

 
Checks if connection
  refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be
 activated even if the device it refers to doesn't exist).

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ return for the virtual device that would be created for

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Returns

the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

[transfer full]

@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (A shortcut to return any NMSetting8021x the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

Returns

-

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBluetooth the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBond the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeam the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeamPort the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBridge the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (NMSettingBridgePort the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (A shortcut to return any NMSettingCdma the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

Returns

-

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (NMSettingConnection the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

Returns

-

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (A shortcut to return any NMSettingDcb the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (A shortcut to return any NMSettingGeneric the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (A shortcut to return any NMSettingGsm the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (NMSettingInfiniband the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

Returns

-

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (A shortcut to return any NMSettingIPTunnel the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1942,7 +1942,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not NMSettingIP4Config.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

an NMSettingIP4Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

@@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not NMSettingIP6Config.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

an NMSettingIP6Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]

@@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (A shortcut to return any NMSettingMacvlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2045,7 +2045,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (A shortcut to return any NMSettingOlpcMesh the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (A shortcut to return any NMSettingPpp the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (A shortcut to return any NMSettingPppoe the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2114,7 +2114,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (A shortcut to return any NMSettingSerial the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

Returns

-

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTun the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVpn the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWimax the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (A shortcut to return any NMSettingAdsl the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

Returns

-

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWired the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWireless the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2317,7 +2317,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

A shortcut to return any NMSettingWirelessSecurity the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVxlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

Members

-
+
@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan ( - + @@ -2468,8 +2468,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

#define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
-

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is -an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of +

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is +an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.

@@ -2479,7 +2479,7 @@ an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.

calling nm_connection_to_dbus().

Members

-

GTypeInterface parent;

GTypeInterface parent;

the parent interace struct

  
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html index ba26a21a..7951da7a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDevice: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ - -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing () @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply_finish () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect () @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect_finish () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete () @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete_finish () @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value () @@ -472,14 +472,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()
const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type () @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -504,13 +504,13 @@ - + +GPtrArray * @@ -538,36 +538,36 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -585,44 +585,44 @@ +GPtrArray * - + - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -632,19 +632,19 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@

Signals

-
Read
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write
-GPtrArray * available-connections Read
-gchar * driver Read
-gchar * driver-version Read
gbooleangboolean firmware-missing Read
-gchar * firmware-version Read
-gchar * interface Read
-gchar * ip-interface Read
-GPtrArray * lldp-neighbors Read
gbooleangboolean managed Read
guintguint metered Read
guintguint mtu Read
gbooleangboolean nm-plugin-missing Read
-gchar * physical-port-id Read
-gchar * product Read
gbooleangboolean real Read
Read
guintguint state-reason Read
-gchar * udi Read
-gchar * vendor Read
+
@@ -662,13 +662,13 @@ - +
void state-changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GBoxed
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDevice implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 
 

 
Description

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ nm_device_get_iface (NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip_iface (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ nm_device_get_device_type (NMDevice, ie Ethernet, Wi-Fi, etc.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ nm_device_get_udi (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ nm_device_get_driver (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ nm_device_get_driver_version (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ nm_device_get_firmware_version (Gets the firmware version of the NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ nm_device_get_type_description (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Returns

-

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. +

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1101,12 +1101,12 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+

TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

@@ -1129,11 +1129,11 @@ nm_device_get_managed (

nm_device_set_managed ()

void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);
+ gboolean managed);

Enables or disables management of NMDevice by NetworkManager.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

managed

- + @@ -1158,12 +1158,12 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

 

 
Parameters

-

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  
+
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+

TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

@@ -1186,11 +1186,11 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);
+ gboolean autoconnect);

Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

autoconnect

- + @@ -1214,13 +1214,13 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

 

 
Parameters

-

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  
+
@@ -1235,19 +1235,19 @@ to be missing.

Returns

-

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

+

TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip4_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ nm_device_get_dhcp4_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

[transfer none]

@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ nm_device_get_ip6_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

+

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ nm_device_get_dhcp6_config (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCPv6.

[transfer none]

@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ nm_device_get_state (NMDevice state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ nm_device_get_state_reason (NMDevice state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (Gets the NMActiveConnection object which owns this device during activation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

Returns

-

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

[transfer none]

@@ -1468,14 +1468,14 @@ not part of an active connection.

nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could
 be activated on device
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ be activated on device

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1501,13 +1501,13 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Returns

-

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

@@ -1530,12 +1530,12 @@ must not be modified.

nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the  MTU of the NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1556,11 +1556,11 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (

nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device +

TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -1584,12 +1584,12 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its

nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the device is a software device.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1604,8 +1604,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (

Returns

-

TRUE if device -is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+

TRUE if device +is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ nm_device_get_product (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ nm_device_get_vendor (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ nm_device_get_description (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1721,12 +1721,12 @@ nm_device_get_metered (

nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ devices in devices .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1790,18 +1790,18 @@ devices in devices

nm_device_reapply ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   guint64 version_id,
-                   guint32 flags,
-                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint64 version_id,
+                   guint32 flags,
+                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                   GError **error);

Attempts to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

 - + @@ -1832,12 +1832,12 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

 - + - + @@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1856,16 +1856,16 @@ will be set.

void
 nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
                          NMConnection *connection,
-                         guint64 version_id,
-                         guint32 flags,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+ guint64 version_id, + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

  

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 - + @@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

 - + @@ -1918,14 +1918,14 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

nm_device_reapply_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                          GAsyncResult *result,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GAsyncResult *result,
+                          GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

  

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1939,12 +1939,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

result

- + - + @@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1962,14 +1962,14 @@ will be set.

nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
-                                  guint32 flags,
-                                  guint64 *version_id,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);
+ guint32 flags, + guint64 *version_id, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Fetch the currently applied connection on the device.

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1994,12 +1994,12 @@ the applied connection.

- + - + @@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ the applied connection.

Returns

a NMConnection with the currently applied settings -or NULL on error.

+or NULL on error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

[transfer full]

@@ -2021,14 +2021,14 @@ to void nm_device_get_applied_connection_async (NMDevice *device, - guint32 flags, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins an get the a currently applied connection.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async - + @@ -2072,13 +2072,13 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async 
NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
                                (NMDevice *device,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                guint64 *version_id,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + guint64 *version_id, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish - + @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ connection.

- + @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ connection.

Returns

-

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case +

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case of error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2122,16 +2122,16 @@ to

nm_device_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                      GError **error);

Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2145,12 +2145,12 @@ request.

 - + - + @@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ request.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2167,15 +2167,15 @@ will be set.

nm_device_disconnect_async ()

void
 nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                            gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ manual network connection request.

 - + @@ -2210,14 +2210,14 @@ manual network connection request.

nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                             GAsyncResult *result,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GAsyncResult *result,
+                             GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2231,12 +2231,12 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

result

- + - + @@ -2244,21 +2244,21 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_device_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GError **error);

+                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                  GError **error);

Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2272,12 +2272,12 @@ nm_device_delete (

cancellable

- + - + @@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ nm_device_delete (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2294,14 +2294,14 @@ will be set.

nm_device_delete_async ()

void
 nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
-                        GCancellable *cancellable,
-                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                        gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins deleteing the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ be deleted.

 - + @@ -2336,14 +2336,14 @@ be deleted.

nm_device_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GAsyncResult *result,
+                         GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2357,12 +2357,12 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

result

- + - + @@ -2370,16 +2370,16 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GPtrArray *connections);

+                              const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see nm_client_get_connections().

Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see - + @@ -2415,16 +2415,16 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

Returns

an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given device +NMConnections that could be activated with the given device . The array -should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
                             NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
@@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ an Ethernet, Bluetooth, WWAN, etc connection that is incompatible with the
 device.

 

 
Parameters

-

connections

an array of NMConnections to filter.

an array of NMConnections to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -2461,17 +2461,17 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GError **error);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ compatibility of the given device and connection. But, in addition, it sets GError when FALSE is returned.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ against

 - + @@ -2514,21 +2514,21 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
 that can be used on device
 .

 

 
Parameters

-

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2592,7 +2592,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name,
@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
 

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2676,24 +2676,24 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value

Returns

-

TRUE if a string attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if a string attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                       char *name,
-                                      guint *out_value);

+                                      guint *out_value);

Gets the uint value of attribute with name name on neighbor

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2720,21 +2720,21 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (

Returns

-

TRUE if a uint attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if a uint attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name);

 
Get the type of an attribute.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

Returns

-

the GVariantType of the attribute with name name +

the GVariantType of the attribute with name name

Since: 1.2

@@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: TRUE

@@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “available-connections” property

-
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *
+
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

The available connections of the device

Element-type: NMRemoteConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *
+
  “driver”                   gchar *

The driver of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2995,7 +2995,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *
+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

The version of the device driver.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3003,8 +3003,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required +

  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required for its operation.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ for its operation.

The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *
+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

The firmware version of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ for its operation.

The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *
+
  “interface”                gchar *

The interface of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ for its operation.

The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *
+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related operations like addressing and routing.

Flags: Read

@@ -3051,14 +3051,14 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “lldp-neighbors” property

-
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *
+
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

The LLDP neighbors.

Flags: Read

The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean
+
  “managed”                  gboolean

Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3066,7 +3066,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint
+
  “metered”                  guint

Whether the device is metered.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

The MTU of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 1500

@@ -3083,8 +3083,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “nm-plugin-missing” property

-
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device +

  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ is not installed.

The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *
+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

The physical port ID of the device. (See nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

Flags: Read

@@ -3102,7 +3102,7 @@ is not installed.

The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *
+
  “product”                  gchar *

The product string of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ is not installed.

The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean
+
  “real”                     gboolean

Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “state-reason” property

-
  “state-reason”             guint
+
  “state-reason”             guint

The reason for the device state.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *
+
  “udi”                      gchar *

An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs. It is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem) @@ -3150,7 +3150,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *
+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

The vendor string of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -3162,14 +3162,14 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

The “state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint new_state, + guint old_state, + guint reason, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3204,7 +3204,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html index 0074eabc..c687ebf2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceAdsl: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,14 +36,14 @@

Functions

-
+
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_adsl_get_carrier () @@ -53,14 +53,14 @@

Properties

-
+
- + @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
+
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceAdsl implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -106,12 +106,12 @@ NMDeviceAdsl implements

Functions

nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html index 44008ee8..74244575 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBond: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,19 +77,19 @@ - + +gchar * +GPtrArray * @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-GPtrArray * slaves Read
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBond implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceBond

Parameters

-
+
@@ -171,12 +171,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -191,19 +191,19 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices slaved to the bond device.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html index e9868edd..fab0710f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBridge: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bridge_get_slaves () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,19 +77,19 @@ - + +gchar * +GPtrArray * @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-GPtrArray * slaves Read
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBridge implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceBridge

Parameters

-
+
@@ -171,12 +171,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -191,19 +191,19 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices slaved to the bridge device.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html index 960a97f2..df2edac0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceBt: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * name Read
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBt implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_hw_address (NMDeviceBt

Parameters

-
+
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_name (NMDeviceBt.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (Returns the Bluetooth device's usable capabilities.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The name of the bluetooth device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html index 441c19e0..0e2b62b6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceEthernet: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,29 +92,29 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * perm-hw-address Read
GStrvGStrv s390-subchannels Read
guintguint speed Read
+
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceEthernet implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_hw_address (Gets the active hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceEthernet

Parameters

-
+
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_permanent_hw_address

Gets the permanent hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceEthernet

Parameters

-
+
@@ -232,12 +232,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -258,12 +258,12 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (

nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_s390_subchannels

Return the list of s390 subchannels if the device supports them.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv
+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

Identifies subchannels of this network device used for communication with z/VM or s390 host.

Flags: Read

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.

The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint
+
  “speed”                    guint

The speed of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html index e9b916ee..f61ab469 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceGeneric: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * type-description Read
+
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceGeneric implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ nm_device_generic_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware address of the NMDeviceGeneric

Parameters

-
+
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *
-

A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL +

  “type-description”         gchar *
+

A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL if not known.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html index 959fe374..0c8a6ee9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceIPTunnel: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-guint8 +guint8 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -139,35 +139,35 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -178,23 +178,23 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gucharguchar encapsulation-limit Read
guintguint flow-label Read
-gchar * input-key Read
-gchar * local Read
guintguint mode Read
-gchar * output-key Read
Read
gbooleangboolean path-mtu-discovery Read
-gchar * remote Read
gucharguchar tos Read
gucharguchar ttl Read
+
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceIPTunnel implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ NMDeviceIPTunnel implements nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_parent (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_parent (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_mode (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_local (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -386,11 +386,11 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -412,11 +412,11 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -439,12 +439,12 @@ to tunneled packets.

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_input_key (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_input_key (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -518,12 +518,12 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -545,11 +545,11 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit

nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (

Property Details

The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar
+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ tunnels.

The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint
+
  “flow-label”               guint

The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

Flags: Read

@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *
+
  “input-key”                gchar *

The key used for tunneled input packets, if applicable.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *
+
  “local”                    gchar *

The local endpoint of the tunnel.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The tunneling mode of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *
+
  “output-key”               gchar *

The key used for tunneled output packets, if applicable.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean
+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *
+
  “remote”                   gchar *

The remote endpoint of the tunnel.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar
+
  “tos”                      guchar

The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to tunneled packets.

Flags: Read

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ tunneled packets.

The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar
+
  “ttl”                      guchar

The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html index 371ec69f..912d7c44 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceInfiniband: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier () @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceInfiniband implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceInfiniband

Parameters

-
+
@@ -154,12 +154,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html index 60f73a32..5d0a4b77 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceMacvlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_macvlan_get_tap () @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -94,18 +94,18 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ - + @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * mode Read
gbooleangboolean no-promisc Read
Read
gbooleangboolean tap Read
+
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceMacvlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ NMDeviceMacvlan implements nm_device_macvlan_get_parent (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_mode (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -234,12 +234,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -261,12 +261,12 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (

nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

+

TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

Since: 1.2

@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceMacvlan

Parameters

-
+
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *
+
  “mode”                     gchar *

The MACVLAN mode.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “no-promisc” property

-
  “no-promisc”               gboolean
+
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean
+
  “tap”                      gboolean

Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html index fe0b5262..1042663c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceModem: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceModem implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ supports. Not all capabilities are available concurrently however; some may require a firmware reload or reinitialization.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ supports without a firmware reload or reinitialization. This value represents the network types the modem can immediately connect to.

Parameters

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html index e11590e6..4f1f18cc 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceOlpcMesh: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel () @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ - + @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint active-channel Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
+
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceOlpcMesh implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh

Parameters

-
+
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (Gets the companion device of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -192,20 +192,20 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (

Returns

-

the companion of the device of NULL.

+

the companion of the device of NULL.

[transfer none]

nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

 
Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

Property Details

The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint
+
  “active-channel”           guint

The device's active channel.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html index e4be5b80..363a96e1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceTeam: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_team_get_slaves () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -84,25 +84,25 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * +GPtrArray * @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * config Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-GPtrArray * slaves Read
+
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceTeam implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceTeam

Parameters

-
+
@@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -208,19 +208,19 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Gets the devices currently enslaved to device
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMDevices that are slaves of device . This is the internal copy used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_config (NMDeviceTeam

Parameters

-
+
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The current JSON configuration of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

The devices enslaved to the team device.

Element-type: NMDevice

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html index 1dc758f7..afbe4051 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceTun: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_device_tun_get_owner () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_device_tun_get_group () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_no_pi () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue () @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -109,39 +109,39 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + - + - + @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gint64gint64 group Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * mode Read
gbooleangboolean multi-queue Read
gbooleangboolean no-pi Read
gint64gint64 owner Read
gbooleangboolean vnet-hdr Read
+
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTun
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceTun implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_hw_address (NMDeviceTun

Parameters

-
+
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -267,12 +267,12 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (

nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel owner.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (

nm_device_tun_get_group ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel group.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -321,18 +321,18 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (

nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -347,19 +347,19 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

Property Details

The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gint64
+
  “group”                    gint64

The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *
+
  “mode”                     gchar *

The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (

The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean
+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive queues.

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ queues.

The “no-pi” property

-
  “no-pi”                    gboolean
+
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is prepended to the tunnel packets.

Flags: Read

@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gint64
+
  “owner”                    gint64

The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets include a virtio network header.

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html index 7c921b82..1b7c8c73 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceVlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vlan_get_carrier () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ - + @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
Read
guintguint vlan-id Read
+
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceVlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceVlan

Parameters

-
+
@@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier

+

TRUE if the device has carrier

@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (

nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (

The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint
+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

The device's VLAN ID.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 4095

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html index 2a4b5a4f..3e158d90 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceVxlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_id () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_learning () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_tos () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_vxlan_get_limit () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -196,60 +196,60 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -260,32 +260,32 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint ageing Read
gbooleangboolean carrier Read
guintguint dst-port Read
-gchar * group Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
guintguint id Read
gbooleangboolean l2miss Read
gbooleangboolean l3miss Read
gbooleangboolean learning Read
guintguint limit Read
-gchar * local Read
Read
gbooleangboolean proxy Read
gbooleangboolean rsc Read
guintguint src-port-max Read
guintguint src-port-min Read
gucharguchar tos Read
gucharguchar ttl Read
+
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceVxlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceVxlan

Parameters

-
+
@@ -428,12 +428,12 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device has carrier.

+

TRUE if the device has carrier.

Since: 1.2

@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -482,11 +482,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (

nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ IP address joined

nm_device_vxlan_get_local (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -561,11 +561,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (

nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -587,11 +587,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (

nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -613,11 +613,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (

nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -639,11 +639,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (

nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -665,11 +665,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (

nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -691,11 +691,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (

nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -717,11 +717,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (

nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -743,11 +743,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (

nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -770,11 +770,11 @@ forwarding table

nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -796,11 +796,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (

nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -822,11 +822,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (

nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -848,11 +848,11 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (

nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

Property Details

The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint
+
  “ageing”                   guint

The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (

The “dst-port” property

-
  “dst-port”                 guint
+
  “dst-port”                 guint

The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read

@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ endpoint.

The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *
+
  “group”                    gchar *

The unicast destination IP address used in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

The device's VXLAN ID.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 16777215

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

The “l2miss” property

-
  “l2miss”                   gboolean
+
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

The “l3miss” property

-
  “l3miss”                   gboolean
+
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean
+
  “learning”                 gboolean

Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

Flags: Read

@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint
+
  “limit”                    guint

The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *
+
  “local”                    gchar *

The source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean
+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean
+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

Whether route short circuit is turned on.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

The “src-port-max” property

-
  “src-port-max”             guint
+
  “src-port-max”             guint

The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read

@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

The “src-port-min” property

-
  “src-port-min”             guint
+
  “src-port-min”             guint

The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar
+
  “tos”                      guchar

The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar
+
  “ttl”                      guchar

The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html index 14d3394e..c2e0cbb1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceWifi: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -
-guint32 +guint32 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wifi_get_access_points () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ +GPtrArray * @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ - + +gchar * @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

Signals

-
-GPtrArray * access-points Read
Read
guintguint bitrate Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-gchar * perm-hw-address Read
+
@@ -210,19 +210,19 @@ - + - +
void access-point-addedRun FirstRun First
void access-point-removedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceWifi implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_hw_address (Gets the actual hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWifi

Parameters

-
+
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_permanent_hw_address

Gets the permanent hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWifi

Parameters

-
+
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (NMDeviceWifi mode.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -365,12 +365,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (

nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities (Gets the Wi-Fi capabilities of the NMDeviceWifi.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

Gets the active NMAccessPoint.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is active.

+

the access point or NULL if none is active.

[transfer none]

@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

Gets a NMAccessPoint by path.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -474,19 +474,19 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is found.

+

the access point or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing all the +

a GPtrArray containing all the scanned NMAccessPoints. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -510,17 +510,17 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that the function returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time after that for the scan to complete.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -534,12 +534,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 - + - + @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -555,11 +555,11 @@ set.

nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                     GVariant *options,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GVariant *options,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that the function returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are: 'ssids' => array of SSIDs (saay)

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -586,17 +586,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are: - + - + - + @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -615,9 +615,9 @@ set.

nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that callback will be @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ called immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time after that for the scan to complete.

Parameters

-

options

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 - + @@ -663,10 +663,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *options, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Request NM to scan for access points on device . Note that callback will be @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are: 'ssids' => array of SSIDs (saay)

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -694,12 +694,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are: - + - + @@ -721,14 +721,14 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:

nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async().

Parameters

-

options

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -742,12 +742,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ( - + - + @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ set.

Property Details

The “access-points” property

-
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *
+
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

Element-type: NMAccessPoint

Flags: Read

@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ set.

The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint
+
  “bitrate”                  guint

The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ set.

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ set.

The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *
+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -872,12 +872,12 @@ set.

The “access-point-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -902,19 +902,19 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “access-point-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ GObject *ap, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html index a8b2bcbf..b3a7ec03 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDeviceWimax: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_wimax_get_nsps () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_rssi () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_cinr () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power () @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -132,39 +132,39 @@ +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +GPtrArray * - + - + @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * bsid Read
guintguint center-frequency Read
gintgint cinr Read
-gchar * hw-address Read
-GPtrArray * nsps Read
gintgint rssi Read
gintgint tx-power Read
+
@@ -183,19 +183,19 @@ - + - +
void nsp-addedRun FirstRun First
void nsp-removedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceWimax implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_hw_address (Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceWimax

Parameters

-
+
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (Gets the active NMWimaxNsp.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is active.

+

the access point or NULL if none is active.

[transfer full]

@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (Gets a NMWimaxNsp by path.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (

Returns

-

the access point or NULL if none is found.

+

the access point or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing +

a GPtrArray containing all the scanned NMWimaxNsps. The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified.

nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ to communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ device is not connected.

nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ device is not connected.

nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ link in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
 meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

Returns

-

the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+

the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (

The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *
+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

The ID of the serving base station as received from the network. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.

The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint
+
  “center-frequency”         guint

The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to communicate with the network when connected. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ device is not connected.

The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint
+
  “cinr”                     gint

CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link in dB. CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

The “nsps” property

-
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *
+
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

Element-type: NMWimaxNsp

Flags: Read

@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint
+
  “rssi”                     gint

RSSI of the current radio link in dBm. This value indicates how strong the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not indicate the overall quality of the radio link. Has no meaning when the @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ device is not connected.

The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint
+
  “tx-power”                 gint

Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of 0.5 dBm. i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of -5.5 dBm. Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -716,8 +716,8 @@ device is not connected.

The “nsp-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ user_function (<

Parameters

-
+
@@ -750,15 +750,15 @@ user_function (<
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “nsp-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)
+ GObject *nsp, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ user_function (<

Parameters

-
+
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ user_function (<
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html index cdb83de0..0b712478 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMDhcpConfig: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_dhcp_config_get_options () @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ - + +GHashTable * @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gintgint family Read
-GHashTable * options Read
+
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDhcpConfig
 

@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDhcpConfig implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -161,12 +161,12 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (

nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (

Returns

-

the GHashTable containing +

the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified.

[transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_one_option (Gets one option by option name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint
+
  “family”                   gint

The IP address family of the configuration; either AF_INET or AF_INET6.

Flags: Read

@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *
-

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *
+

The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,utf8)

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html index 6152d777..1c8f22ef 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMIPConfig: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_ip_config_get_addresses () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_ip_config_get_routes () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -115,44 +115,44 @@ +GPtrArray * - + - + +gchar * - + +GPtrArray * - + - + @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GPtrArray * addresses Read
GStrvGStrv domains Read
gintgint family Read
-gchar * gateway Read
GStrvGStrv nameservers Read
-GPtrArray * routes Read
GStrvGStrv searches Read
GStrvGStrv wins-servers Read
+
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIPConfig
 

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMIPConfig implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_family (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -280,12 +280,12 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (

nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMIPAddresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -310,12 +310,12 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <

nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (

Returns

-

the GPtrArray containing +

the GPtrArray containing NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it.

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_nameservers (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (

Returns

the array of domains. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

[transfer none]

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (

Returns

the array of DNS search strings. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length).

[transfer none]

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (Gets the Windows Internet Name Service servers (WINS).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

Returns

the arry of WINS server IP address strings. -(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.).

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.).

[transfer none]

@@ -508,21 +508,21 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

Property Details

The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *
-

A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *
+

A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

Flags: Read

The “domains” property

-
  “domains”                  GStrv
+
  “domains”                  GStrv

The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

Flags: Read

The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint
+
  “family”                   gint

The IP address family of the configuration; either AF_INET or AF_INET6.

Flags: Read

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *
+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

The IP gateway address of the configuration as string.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -540,28 +540,28 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (

The “nameservers” property

-
  “nameservers”              GStrv
+
  “nameservers”              GStrv

The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

Flags: Read

The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *
-

A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *
+

A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

Flags: Read

The “searches” property

-
  “searches”                 GStrv
+
  “searches”                 GStrv

The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

Flags: Read

The “wins-servers” property

-
  “wins-servers”             GStrv
+
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration. (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html index 52abc770..8034fb14 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMObject: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -61,18 +61,18 @@ +GDBusConnection * - + +gchar * @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GDBusConnection * dbus-connection Read / Write / Construct Only
gbooleangboolean nm-running-internal Read
-gchar * path Read / Write / Construct Only
+
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMAccessPoint
         ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMObject implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ nm_object_get_path (NMObject.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -176,22 +176,22 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
-

The GDBusConnection of the object.

+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *
+

The GDBusConnection of the object.

[skip]

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

The “nm-running-internal” property

-
  “nm-running-internal”      gboolean
+
  “nm-running-internal”      gboolean

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *
+
  “path”                     gchar *

The D-Bus object path.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html index 7bcbcdd0..4712e60d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMRemoteConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_commit_changes () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_save () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_save_finish () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_delete () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_delete_finish () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_get_secrets () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_remote_connection_get_visible () @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ - + - + @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean unsaved Read
gbooleangboolean visible Read
+
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 

@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMRemoteConnection implements
- GInitable,  GAsyncInitable and  NMConnection.

+ GInitable,  GAsyncInitable and  NMConnection.

Description

@@ -230,19 +230,19 @@ NMRemoteConnection implements

Functions

nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection to NetworkManager. If save_to_disk - is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to -disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

+ is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to +disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -261,12 +261,12 @@ disk; if

cancellable

- + - + @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ disk; if

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -284,19 +284,19 @@ will be set.

void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+ gboolean save_to_disk, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of connection to NetworkManager. If save - is TRUE, the updated connection will -be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be + is TRUE, the updated connection will +be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ changed.

- + @@ -336,15 +336,15 @@ changed.

nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -358,12 +358,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish - + - + @@ -371,22 +371,22 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_remote_connection_save ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GCancellable *cancellable,
+                           GError **error);

Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -400,12 +400,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

- + - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ will be set.

nm_remote_connection_save_async ()

void
 nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

- + @@ -464,14 +464,14 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GAsyncResult *result,
+                                  GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -485,12 +485,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish ( - + - + @@ -498,21 +498,21 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_remote_connection_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

Deletes the connection.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (

cancellable

- + - + @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -548,13 +548,13 @@ will be set.

nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

void
 nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously deletes the connection.

Parameters

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async ( - + @@ -589,14 +589,14 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (

nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -610,12 +610,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ( - + - + @@ -623,23 +623,23 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);

Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call, not a simple property accessor.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -658,12 +658,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 - + - + @@ -671,9 +671,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

Returns

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing +

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing connection -'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

@@ -683,13 +683,13 @@ not a simple property accessor.

nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection, const char *setting_name, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async - + @@ -729,15 +729,15 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async

nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -751,12 +751,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish - + - + @@ -764,20 +764,20 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish

Returns

-

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing connection -'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -792,15 +792,15 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (

Returns

-

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not -been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk +

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not +been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 
Checks if the connection is visible to the current user.  If the
 connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ connection's visibility to change after you already have a
 reference to it.)

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -827,8 +827,8 @@ reference to it.)

Returns

-

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current -user, FALSE if not.

+

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current +user, FALSE if not.

@@ -867,17 +867,17 @@ user,

Property Details

The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean
-

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved -to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean
+

TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved +to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

The “visible” property

-
  “visible”                  gboolean
-

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if +

  “visible”                  gboolean
+

TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if not. If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will not contain any settings, and operations such as nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html index cfcdd6e3..4e4fc7d9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSecretAgentOld: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_register () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_unregister () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ - + @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean auto-register Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * identifier Read / Write / Construct Only
gbooleangboolean registered Read
+
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMSecretAgentOld implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ NMSecretAgentOld implements 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GVariant *secrets,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);
+ GVariant *secrets, + GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with @@ -272,16 +272,16 @@ something like this:

secrets = nm_simple_connection_new (); s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new (); -g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), +g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK", - NULL); + NULL); nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec)); secrets_dict = nm_connection_to_dbus (secrets, NM_CONNECTION_SERIALIZE_ALL); (call the NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc with secrets_dict) -g_object_unref (secrets); -g_variant_unref (secrets_dict); +g_object_unref (secrets); +g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ something like this:


Parameters

-
+
@@ -306,13 +306,13 @@ something like this:

-
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
-                                    GError *error,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function should be called.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were requested, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]

secrets

the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested +

the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example). Each key in secrets should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security") and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant. The sub-dicts @@ -340,14 +340,14 @@ and the value is the secret
+
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ should be called.

@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ has returned. 

void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                       NMConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ GError *error, + gpointer user_data);

Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets. When the NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function should be called.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were to be saved, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]
+
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ should be called.

@@ -431,10 +431,10 @@ has returned.

nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

Registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

registered, or in the process of registering.

Parameters

-

connection

the connection for which secrets were to be deleted, note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use -g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback +g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback has returned.

[transfer none]
+
@@ -456,12 +456,12 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

- + - + @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

Returns

-

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

@@ -477,9 +477,9 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

registered, or in the process of registering.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

- + @@ -522,14 +522,14 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -543,12 +543,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ( - + - + @@ -556,22 +556,22 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GError **error);

Unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or store secrets on behalf of this user.

Parameters

-

result

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -585,12 +585,12 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 - + - + @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

Returns

-

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

+

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

void
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or store secrets on behalf of this user.

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.

 - + @@ -649,14 +649,14 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.

nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                       GAsyncResult *result,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GAsyncResult *result,
+                                       GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async().

Parameters

-

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
+
@@ -670,12 +670,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (

result

- + - + @@ -683,17 +683,17 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

+

TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

 

 
Parameters

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

  
+
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (

Returns

-

a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+

a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (const char **hints, NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags, NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection for the setting setting_name @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ secrets from the user.

Virtual: get_secrets

Parameters

-
+
@@ -787,14 +787,14 @@ secrets from the user.

nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self, NMConnection *connection, NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection are stored to disk.

Virtual: save_secrets

Parameters

-
+
@@ -833,14 +833,14 @@ disk.

nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self, NMConnection *connection, NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to connection .

Virtual: delete_secrets

Parameters

-
+
@@ -908,15 +908,15 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (

Property Details

The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean
-

If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when +

  “auto-register”            gboolean
+

If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the agent will re-register itself automatically.

-

In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the +

In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the agent will register itself with NetworkManager during construction/initialization, and initialization will fail with an error if the agent is unable to register itself.

-

If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with +

If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_register() or nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

Calling nm_secret_agent_old_unregister() will suppress auto-registration @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ you expect it to be unregistered.

The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *
+
  “identifier”               gchar *

Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the same identifier. Identifier formatting follows the same rules as D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not @@ -950,8 +950,8 @@ of 3 characters. An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'

The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean
-

TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean
+

TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html index 923b2132..f3447557 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSetting: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_setting_lookup_type () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify_secrets () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_compare () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_diff () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_get_secret_flags () @@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * name Read
+
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ╰── NMSettingMacRandomization GFlags╰── NMSettingSecretFlags - GObject + GObject╰── NMSetting ├──NMSetting8021x├──NMSettingAdsl @@ -271,14 +271,14 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Functions

NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Returns

-

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

@@ -319,12 +319,12 @@ of properties and allowed values.

void
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+ const GValue *value, + GParamFlags flags, + gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -364,12 +364,12 @@ of properties and allowed values.

nm_setting_lookup_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if +

the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if name is not recognized.

@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ nm_setting_duplicate (NMSetting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ nm_setting_get_name (NMSetting object

Parameters

-
+
@@ -447,18 +447,18 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GError **error);

Validates the setting. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection ). The -returned GError contains information about which property of the setting +returned GError contains information about which property of the setting failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -474,13 +474,13 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 - + @@ -488,24 +488,24 @@ is being verified in isolation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
                            NMConnection *connection,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);

Verifies the secrets in the setting. -The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting +The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation. The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection that setting came from, or -NULL if setting +NULL if setting is being verified in isolation.

[allow-none]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -521,13 +521,13 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

 - + @@ -535,14 +535,14 @@ is being verified in isolation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

Since: 1.2

nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for 
 
Parameters

-

connection

the NMConnection that setting came from, or -NULL if setting +NULL if setting is being verified in isolation.

[allow-none]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -578,18 +578,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags for a description of each flag's behavior. If the settings differ, the keys @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ of each setting that differ from the other are added to NMSettingDiffResult values.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ one or more

invert_results

 +be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

@@ -649,12 +649,12 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied user function for each property.

Parameters

-

this parameter is used internally by libnm and should -be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
+
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ be used for serialization of the setting, or machine-parsed in any way. The output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -708,22 +708,22 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Returns

an allocated string containing a textual representation of the setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should -free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ handle that secret.

 - + @@ -755,23 +755,23 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ handle that secret.

 - + @@ -803,22 +803,22 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                    const char *property_name);

 
Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name
  is a D-Bus
-property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

+property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

 

 
Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ secret has a corresponding set of these flags which indicate how the secret is to be stored and/or requested when it is needed.

Members

-
+
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ secret is not required

two connections.

Members

-
+
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ two connections.

Controls if and how the MAC address of a device is randomzied.

Members

-
+
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

These values indicate the result of a setting difference operation.

Members

-
+
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W

Property Details

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html index 3d134eaf..20def76f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSetting8021x: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match () @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert () @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob () @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert () @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches () @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob () @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert () @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw () @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob () @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key () @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob () @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key () @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -595,60 +595,60 @@ - + +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ +GBytes * @@ -670,72 +670,72 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * +GBytes * +gchar * @@ -746,13 +746,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -763,13 +763,13 @@ +GBytes * +gchar * @@ -780,12 +780,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@

Types and Values

-
GStrvGStrv altsubject-matches Read / Write
-gchar * anonymous-identity Read / Write
-GBytes * ca-cert Read / Write
-gchar * ca-path Read / Write
-GBytes * client-cert Read / Write
-gchar * domain-suffix-match Read / Write
GStrvGStrv eap Read / Write
-gchar * identity Read / Write
-gchar * pac-file Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
-GBytes * password-raw Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-fast-provisioning Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-peaplabel Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-peapver Read / Write
GStrvGStrv phase2-altsubject-matches Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-auth Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-autheap Read / Write
-GBytes * phase2-ca-cert Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-ca-path Read / Write
-GBytes * phase2-client-cert Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-domain-suffix-match Read / Write
-GBytes * phase2-private-key Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-private-key-password Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-subject-match Read / Write
-gchar * pin Read / Write
-GBytes * private-key Read / Write
-gchar * private-key-password Read / Write
-gchar * subject-match Read / Write
gbooleangboolean system-ca-certs Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ 
    GEnum
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ╰── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
@@ -1006,15 +1006,15 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void

nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
-                                     gsize length,
-                                     GError **error);
+nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata, + gsize length, + GError **error);

Determines and verifies the blob type. When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ and 
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1081,12 +1081,12 @@ allowed EAP methods.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ EAP method has been added.  See 
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

@@ -1154,11 +1154,11 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_eap_methods (Clears all allowed EAP methods.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_identity (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ inner "phase 2" authentication will use the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (Returns the file containing PAC credentials used by EAP-FAST method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1323,17 +1323,17 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ of these properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ used in addition to the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ This may be used in addition to the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ is NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH, use nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity
 of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1505,19 +1505,19 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH scheme.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the CA certificate.

 @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -1586,21 +1586,21 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (

Returns

the “subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication -server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be +server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
 “altsubject-matches” property of this setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1624,12 +1624,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the altSubjectName match at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ match is added, the altSubjectName of the remote authentication
 server is not verified.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1689,8 +1689,8 @@ server is not verified.

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

@@ -1699,11 +1699,11 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1757,8 +1757,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.

@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_altsubject_matches

Clears all altSubjectName matches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_domain_suffix_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ is NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH, use nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1902,12 +1902,12 @@ authentication method.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the client certificate.

 @@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (

Returns

the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property. Valid -values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

@@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel

Returns

whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the -“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), +“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

@@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_fast_provisioning (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_auth (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ specified by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ returned scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ use

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity
 of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2198,19 +2198,19 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH scheme.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 @@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -2280,21 +2280,21 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match

Returns

the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2" -authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification +authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
 “phase2-altsubject-matches” property of this setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2318,12 +2318,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ at least one match is added, the altSubjectName of the "phase 2"
 remote authentication server is not verified.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2384,8 +2384,8 @@ connection

Returns

-

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

@@ -2394,11 +2394,11 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2452,8 +2452,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.

@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_phase2_altsubject_matches

Clears all "phase 2" altSubjectName matches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_domain_suffix_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ returned scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ returned scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2599,13 +2599,13 @@ authentication method.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 @@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -2668,7 +2668,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2715,11 +2715,11 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_pin (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2853,7 +2853,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme

nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ unencrypted private key data may be readable by unprivileged users.  Private
 keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2915,13 +2915,13 @@ authentication method.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “private-key-password” property with the given password . If -the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private key is @@ -2947,7 +2947,7 @@ unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2965,13 +2965,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

 - @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 

password

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

  
+
@@ -3035,7 +3035,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_password_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_format (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@ scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3126,7 +3126,7 @@ unencrypted private key data may be readable by unprivileged users.  Private
 keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3156,7 +3156,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3177,14 +3177,14 @@ authentication method.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given password -. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private @@ -3210,7 +3210,7 @@ unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3228,14 +3228,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; -use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any +use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

 - @@ -3260,7 +3260,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -3271,7 +3271,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 

password

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

  
+
@@ -3299,7 +3299,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3360,7 +3360,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format or private key

Members

-
+
@@ -3409,7 +3409,7 @@ stored in the setting properties, either as a blob of the item's data, or as a path to a certificate or private key file on the filesystem

Members

-
+
@@ -3664,7 +3664,7 @@ to a file containing the certificate or key data

Property Details

The “altsubject-matches” property

-
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv
+
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty, no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

@@ -3673,7 +3673,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *
+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3683,7 +3683,7 @@ identity like EAP-TTLS.

The “ca-cert” property

-
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *
+
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “eap” property.

Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently @@ -3701,7 +3701,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *
+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3711,7 +3711,7 @@ certificate specified in the

The “client-cert” property

-
  “client-cert”              GBytes *
+
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “eap” property.

Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently @@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@ with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.

The “domain-suffix-match” property

-
  “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *
+
  “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *

Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server. If a matching dNSName is found, this @@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.

The “eap” property

-
  “eap”                      GStrv
+
  “eap”                      GStrv

The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with 802.1x. Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd", and "fast". Each method requires different configuration using the @@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ allowed combinations.

The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *
+
  “identity”                 gchar *

Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3760,7 +3760,7 @@ login name.

The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *
+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -3768,7 +3768,7 @@ login name.

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ property are specified,

The “password-raw” property

-
  “password-raw”             GBytes *
+
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” @@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@ property are specified,

The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *
+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated @@ -3815,7 +3815,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *
+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the @@ -3826,7 +3826,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *
+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the “eap” property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it @@ -3839,7 +3839,7 @@ version.

The “phase2-altsubject-matches” property

-
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv
+
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the @@ -3849,7 +3849,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *
+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are @@ -3862,7 +3862,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *
+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are @@ -3875,7 +3875,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

The “phase2-ca-cert” property

-
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *
+
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” properties.

@@ -3894,7 +3894,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *
+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3904,7 +3904,7 @@ certificate specified in the

The “phase2-client-cert” property

-
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *
+
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” properties.

@@ -3923,7 +3923,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

The “phase2-domain-suffix-match” property

-
  “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *
+
  “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *

Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. If @@ -3937,7 +3937,7 @@ using same suffix match comparison.

The “phase2-private-key” property

-
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *
+
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” property is set to "tls".

@@ -3963,7 +3963,7 @@ password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *
+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -3985,7 +3985,7 @@ function.

The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *
+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server @@ -3998,7 +3998,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.

The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *
+
  “pin”                      gchar *

PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -4013,7 +4013,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.

The “private-key” property

-
  “private-key”              GBytes *
+
  “private-key”              GBytes *

Contains the private key when the “eap” property is set to "tls".

Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob @@ -4043,7 +4043,7 @@ private key data.

The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *
+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the “private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -4064,7 +4064,7 @@ property.

The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *
+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed. This property @@ -4076,8 +4076,8 @@ NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match.

The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
-

When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and +

  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
+

When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html index e309b11e..68eb3947 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingAdsl: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -132,23 +132,23 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * encapsulation Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
-gchar * protocol Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
guintguint vci Read / Write
guintguint vpi Read / Write
+
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_new (void<
 nm_setting_adsl_get_username (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_username (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_protocol (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -349,11 +349,11 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (

nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -374,11 +374,11 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (

nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

Property Details

The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *
+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

Encapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *
+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

ADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint
+
  “vci”                      guint

VCI of ADSL connection

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint
+
  “vpi”                      guint

VPI of ADSL connection

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html index f9d31bbf..8f67f71f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBluetooth: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * bdaddr Read / Write
-gchar * type Read / Write
+
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_get_connection_type either DUN to a DUN-capable device or PANU to a NAP-capable device).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

Property Details

The “bdaddr” property

-
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *
+
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

The Bluetooth address of the device.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html index e0b82f07..32d14559 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBond: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_get_option () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_add_option () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_remove_option () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_validate_option () @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ +GHashTable * @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GHashTable * options Read / Write
+
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 

@@ -288,14 +288,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
 using nm_setting_bond_get_option().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ using

nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ and should not be used to refer to options except for short periods of time
 such as during option iteration.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -364,8 +364,8 @@ modified.

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -402,14 +402,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ that may already exist.

 that conflict with each other.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -448,14 +448,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.

nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_remove_option (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -485,14 +485,14 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.

nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -500,10 +500,10 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -525,10 +525,10 @@ the name

Returns

-

TRUE, if the value +

TRUE, if the value is valid for the given name. If the name -is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (Returns a list of valid bond options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

[transfer none]

@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_default (const char *name);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ the

Property Details

The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *
+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options. Both keys and values must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html index 6e10573e..619a2a0d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBridge: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_stp () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping () @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -125,43 +125,43 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint ageing-time Read / Write / Construct
guintguint forward-delay Read / Write / Construct
guintguint hello-time Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
guintguint max-age Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean multicast-snooping Read / Write / Construct
guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean stp Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_new (voidNMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -272,11 +272,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -297,11 +297,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (

nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -322,11 +322,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (

nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -347,11 +347,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (

nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -372,11 +372,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (

nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -397,11 +397,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (

nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -422,12 +422,12 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (

nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

Property Details

The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint
+
  “ageing-time”              guint

The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint
+
  “forward-delay”            guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint
+
  “hello-time”               guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping

The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint
+
  “max-age”                  guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

The “multicast-snooping” property

-
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean
+
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ resolved.

The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint
+
  “priority”                 guint

Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.

@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ bridge.

The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean
+
  “stp”                      gboolean

Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html index 1debac8d..e8c4953b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBridgePort: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -86,17 +86,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean hairpin-mode Read / Write
guintguint path-cost Read / Write / Construct
guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 

@@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -187,11 +187,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -212,12 +212,12 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode

Property Details

The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean
+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint
+
  “path-cost”                guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ port.

The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint
+
  “priority”                 guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html index fe5ce192..e43f060a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingCdma: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * number Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_new (void<
 nm_setting_cdma_get_number (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_number (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_username (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (

Property Details

The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *
+
  “number”                   gchar *

The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (777) is used when required.

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ is used when required.

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html index 6b327d52..db4ce45d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect () @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority () @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp () @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_read_only () @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_permission () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_permission () @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries () @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_secondary () @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value () @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout () @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -277,12 +277,12 @@ - + - + @@ -292,30 +292,30 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -325,52 +325,52 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write / Construct
gintgint autoconnect-priority Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write / Construct
guintguint gateway-ping-timeout Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * id Read / Write
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
gintgint lldp Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * master Read / Write
Read / Write
GStrvGStrv permissions Read / Write
gbooleangboolean read-only Read / Write / Construct
GStrvGStrv secondaries Read / Write
-gchar * slave-type Read / Write
-gchar * stable-id Read / Write
guint64guint64 timestamp Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * type Read / Write
-gchar * uuid Read / Write
-gchar * zone Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ 
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionLldp
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_id (“id” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_uuid (Returns the “uuid” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_stable_id (Returns the “stable_id” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_interface_name

Returns the “interface-name” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

Returns the “type” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -653,12 +653,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -679,14 +679,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (

nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect-priority” property of the connection.
 The higher number, the higher priority.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -707,12 +707,12 @@ The higher number, the higher priority.

nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -733,12 +733,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (

nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -753,20 +753,20 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entires in the “permissions”
 property of this setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -787,9 +787,9 @@ property of this setting.

nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_permission (
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ of this setting.

 - + @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ of this setting.

Returns

-

TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx +

TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx was invalid

@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (Returns the “zone” property of the connection.

Parameters

-

out_detail

on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
+
@@ -869,14 +869,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (

nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

 
Checks whether the given username is allowed to view/access this connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -898,14 +898,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed

Returns

-

TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, -FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+

TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, +FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem“permissions”: for more details.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem - + @@ -949,8 +949,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem

Returns

-

TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if ptype +

TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if ptype or pitem was invalid or it the permission was already present in the list

@@ -962,12 +962,12 @@ present in the list

void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the permission at index idx from the connection.

Parameters

-

detail

unused at this time; must be NULL.

unused at this time; must be NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission

nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ At this time, only the "user" permission type is supported, and “permissions”: for more details.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ be a username. See

detail

- + @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ be a username. See

Returns

-

TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_master (Returns the “master” property of the connection.

Parameters

-

unused at this time; must be NULL.

unused at this time; must be NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1069,12 +1069,12 @@ connection.

nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ against setting

Returns

-

TRUE if connection is of the given slave type +

TRUE if connection is of the given slave type

@@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (“slave-type” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_slaves

Returns the “autoconnect-slaves” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1160,12 +1160,12 @@ with the connection.

nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1188,10 +1188,10 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries

nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1220,13 +1220,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (

nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID +

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID was already present

@@ -1258,12 +1258,12 @@ was already present

void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary

nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1317,18 +1317,18 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ property.

nm_setting_connection_get_metered (NMSettingConnection *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_lldp (Returns the “lldp” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ enabled for the connection.

should be activated when master is activated.

Members

-
+
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ should be activated when master is activated.

NMSettingConnectionLldp values indicate whether LLDP should be enabled.

Members

-
+
@@ -1626,10 +1626,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

Property Details

The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. -TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual +TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

The “autoconnect-priority” property

-
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint
+
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority.

@@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.

The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint
+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *
+
  “id”                       gchar *

A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

The “lldp” property

-
  “lldp”                     gint
+
  “lldp”                     gint

Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: -1

@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *
+
  “master”                   gchar *

Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -1726,9 +1726,9 @@ the change takes effect immediately.

The “permissions” property

-
  “permissions”              GStrv
+
  “permissions”              GStrv

An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this -connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access +connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1742,9 +1742,9 @@ use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean
-

FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings -service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the +

  “read-only”                gboolean
+

FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings +service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

The “secondaries” property

-
  “secondaries”              GStrv
+
  “secondaries”              GStrv

List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported.

@@ -1761,9 +1761,9 @@ supported.

The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *
+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, -NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a +NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ slave.

The “stable-id” property

-
  “stable-id”                gchar *
+
  “stable-id”                gchar *

This token to generate stable IDs for the connection. If unset, the UUID will be used instead.

The stable-id is used instead of the connection UUID for generating @@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable.

The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64
+
  “timestamp”                guint64

The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated.

NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *
+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same @@ -1821,16 +1821,16 @@ provider, or nm_utils_uuid_generate() or -nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

+nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *
+
  “zone”                     gchar *

The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string -(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means +(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall.

When updating this property on a currently activated connection, diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html index 661e8fd0..c7e74cfd 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingDcb: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id () @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class () @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -235,12 +235,12 @@ +gchar * - + @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ - + @@ -260,19 +260,19 @@ - + +GArray * +GArray * @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ +GArray * @@ -294,19 +294,19 @@ +GArray * +GArray * +GArray * @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * app-fcoe-mode Read / Write / Construct
gintgint app-fcoe-priority Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write
gintgint app-fip-priority Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write
gintgint app-iscsi-priority Read / Write / Construct
-GArray * priority-bandwidth Read / Write
-GArray * priority-flow-control Read / Write
-GArray * priority-group-bandwidth Read / Write
-GArray * priority-group-id Read / Write
-GArray * priority-strict-bandwidth Read / Write
-GArray * priority-traffic-class Read / Write
+
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_new (voidNMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -462,11 +462,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_mode (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -537,11 +537,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -587,11 +587,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -638,13 +638,13 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -666,9 +666,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control

Returns

-

TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority +

TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority , -FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

@@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ guint user_priority, + gboolean enabled);

These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ the - + @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
+
@@ -738,12 +738,12 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -776,13 +776,13 @@ only valid when

nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);
+ guint user_priority, + guint group_id);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -813,13 +813,13 @@ unrestricted group.

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -853,13 +853,13 @@ only valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint group_id, - guint bandwidth_percent); + guint group_id, + guint bandwidth_percent);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -889,12 +889,12 @@ to

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -927,13 +927,13 @@ These values are only valid when

nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
+ guint user_priority, + guint bandwidth_percent);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -964,13 +964,13 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -992,9 +992,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth

Returns

-

TRUE if user_priority +

TRUE if user_priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its -assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when +assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1004,13 +1004,13 @@ assigned group, or void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - gboolean strict); + guint user_priority, + gboolean strict);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1029,9 +1029,9 @@ the - +its priority group, or FALSE if not

 @@ -1041,13 +1041,13 @@ its priority group, or

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

Parameters

-

strict

TRUE to allow user_priority +

TRUE to allow user_priority to use all the bandwidth allocated to -its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
+
@@ -1081,8 +1081,8 @@ valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - guint traffic_class); + guint user_priority, + guint traffic_class);
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class

DCB feature flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *
+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint
+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint
+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fip-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ may be any combination of

The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint
+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ property includes the

The “priority-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *
+
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ percent.

The “priority-flow-control” property

-
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *
+
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause.

@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ Flags may be any combination of

The “priority-group-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *
+
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ any combination of

The “priority-group-id” property

-
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *
+
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID. Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

The “priority-strict-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *
+
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

The “priority-traffic-class” property

-
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *
+
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to which the priority is mapped.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html index d70b1e2a..7b85b691 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingGeneric: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 

@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 optional properties that apply to "generic" devices (ie, devices that
 NetworkManager does not specifically recognize).

 
There are currently no properties on this object; it exists only to be
-the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

+the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

Functions

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html index 1e760541..b271da20 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingGsm: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -150,36 +150,36 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -201,19 +201,19 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * apn Read / Write
-gchar * device-id Read / Write
gbooleangboolean home-only Read / Write
-gchar * network-id Read / Write
-gchar * number Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
-gchar * pin Read / Write
-gchar * sim-id Read / Write
-gchar * sim-operator-id Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_new (voidNMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_number (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_username (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_apn (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -465,11 +465,11 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (

nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_device_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_operator_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin_flags (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password_flags (

Property Details

The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *
+
  “apn”                      gchar *

The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM

The “device-id” property

-
  “device-id”                gchar *
+
  “device-id”                gchar *

The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will only apply to the specified device.

@@ -730,8 +730,8 @@ apply to the specified device.

The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean
-

When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. +

  “home-only”                gboolean
+

When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *
+
  “network-id”               gchar *

The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *
+
  “number”                   gchar *

Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *
+
  “pin”                      gchar *

If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ device.

The “sim-id” property

-
  “sim-id”                   gchar *
+
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by “device-id” which contains a @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ SIM card matching the given identifier.

The “sim-operator-id” property

-
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *
+
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ card provisioined by the given operator.

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html index 93eeac44..84d9366f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIP4Config: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * dhcp-client-id Read / Write
-gchar * dhcp-fqdn Read / Write
+
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_client_id
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_fqdn (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ through that interface to the default network.

Property Details

The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *
+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

The “dhcp-fqdn” property

-
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *
-

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *
+

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and “dhcp-hostname” are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html index 641f0005..4a136aa4 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIP6Config: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ - + @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gintgint addr-gen-mode Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * token Read / Write
+
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ 
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ip6_privacy (
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_addr_gen_mode property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_token (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ supported for IPv6)

Extensions are used (RFC4941).

Members

-
+
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ are enabled and temporary addresses are preferred over public addresses

RFC4862 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration is created.

Members

-
+
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ specified by RFC7217.

Property Details

The “addr-gen-mode” property

-
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint
+
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy".

@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.

The “token” property

-
  “token”                    gchar *
+
  “token”                    gchar *

Configure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html index ecb2347e..88b0074f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIPConfig: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_address_equal () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_ip_address_get_prefix () @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_ip_address_get_attribute () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_route_equal () @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_ip_route_get_prefix () @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_ip_route_get_metric () @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_ip_route_get_attribute () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns () @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns () @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search () @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options () @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options () @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option () @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option () @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value () @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority () @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_address () @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes () @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_add_route () @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric () @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname () @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default () @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail () @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout () @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout () @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -703,91 +703,91 @@ +GPtrArray * - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + +GPtrArray * @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GPtrArray * addresses Read / Write
gintgint dad-timeout Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * dhcp-hostname Read / Write
gbooleangboolean dhcp-send-hostname Read / Write / Construct
gintgint dhcp-timeout Read / Write
GStrvGStrv dns Read / Write
GStrvGStrv dns-options Read / Write
gintgint dns-priority Read / Write / Construct
GStrvGStrv dns-search Read / Write
-gchar * gateway Read / Write
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * method Read / Write
gbooleangboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct
gint64gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct
-GPtrArray * routes Read / Write
+
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ 
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ╰── NMIPRoute
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ├── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -971,12 +971,12 @@ related to IP addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service.

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new (int family,
                    const char *addr,
-                   guint prefix,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint prefix,
+                   GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPAddress object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam - + @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam

Returns

-

the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -1018,16 +1018,16 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam

nm_ip_address_new_binary ()

NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new_binary (int family,
-                          gconstpointer addr,
-                          guint prefix,
-                          GError **error);
+ gconstpointer addr, + guint prefix, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPAddress object. addr must point to a buffer of the correct size for family .

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ correct size for family - + @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ correct size for family

Returns

-

the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ nm_ip_address_ref (

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ nm_ip_address_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1112,14 +1112,14 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

nm_ip_address_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_address_equal (NMIPAddress *address,
                      NMIPAddress *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPAddress objects contain the same address and prefix
 (attributes are not compared).

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ nm_ip_address_dup (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_family (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address (nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check it.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ have a valid address, use

nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gpointer addr);
+ gpointer addr);

Gets the IP address property of this address object.

addr must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (

nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gconstpointer addr);
+ gconstpointer addr);

Sets the IP address property of this address object.

addr must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1332,13 +1332,13 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (

nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

 
Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1361,11 +1361,11 @@ object.

nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
-                          guint prefix);
+ guint prefix);

Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1410,14 +1410,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,.

[transfer full]

nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (name on address -, or NULL if address +, or NULL if address has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -1461,12 +1461,12 @@ has no such attribute. 

void
 nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name,
-                             GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets or clears the named attribute on address to the given value.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1498,14 +1498,14 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute * nm_ip_route_new (int family, const char *dest, - guint prefix, + guint prefix, const char *next_hop, - gint64 metric, - GError **error); + gint64 metric, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil - + @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil - + @@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

Returns

-

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -1557,19 +1557,19 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil

nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
-                        gconstpointer dest,
-                        guint prefix,
-                        gconstpointer next_hop,
-                        gint64 metric,
-                        GError **error);
+ gconstpointer dest, + guint prefix, + gconstpointer next_hop, + gint64 metric, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest and next_hop - (if non-NULL) must + (if non-NULL) must point to buffers of the correct size for family .

Parameters

-

next_hop

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

[allow-none]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family - + @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family - + @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family

Returns

-

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

+

the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ nm_ip_route_ref (

Parameters

-

next_hop

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

the IP address of the next hop (or NULL).

[allow-none]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ nm_ip_route_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1664,14 +1664,14 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

nm_ip_route_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                    NMIPRoute *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
 next hop, and metric. (Attributes are not compared.)

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ nm_ip_route_dup (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_family (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest (nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check it.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ have a valid address, use

nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gpointer dest);
+ gpointer dest);

Gets the destination property of this route object.

dest must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (

nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gconstpointer dest);
+ gconstpointer dest);

Sets the destination property of this route object.

dest must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1884,12 +1884,12 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (

nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1912,11 +1912,11 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (

nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        guint prefix);
+ guint prefix);

Sets the prefix property of this route object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1942,11 +1942,11 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (

nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

const char *
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);
-

Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the +

Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the route has no next hop.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ route has no next hop.

Returns

-

the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

+

the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

@@ -1972,13 +1972,13 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);

Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

next_hop - (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route + (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route 's family. If you aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check it.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2002,9 +2002,9 @@ it.

nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gpointer next_hop);

+                                 gpointer next_hop);

Gets the next hop property of this route object.

next_hop must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route @@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ([skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2034,8 +2034,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (

Returns

-

TRUE if route -has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case +

TRUE if route +has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case next_hop will be zeroed out)

@@ -2045,16 +2045,16 @@ will be zeroed out)

nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gconstpointer next_hop);
+ gconstpointer next_hop);

Sets the destination property of this route object.

next_hop - (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for + (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route 's family.

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2078,14 +2078,14 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (

nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values
 indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
 (meaning NetworkManager will set it appropriately).

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2108,11 +2108,11 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"

nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

void
 nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        gint64 metric);
+ gint64 metric);

Sets the metric property of this route object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2157,14 +2157,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

[transfer full]

nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (name on route -, or NULL if route +, or NULL if route has no such attribute.

[transfer none]

@@ -2208,12 +2208,12 @@ has no such attribute. 

void
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);
+ GVariant *value);

Sets the named attribute on route to the given value.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2269,11 +2269,11 @@ methods available with each type.

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (int idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2328,13 +2328,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                               const char *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

@@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2394,7 +2394,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns);

@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (Removes all configured DNS servers.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2452,12 +2452,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (int idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2512,13 +2512,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

@@ -2555,7 +2555,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since 0.9.10

@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches

Removes all configured DNS search domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2639,12 +2639,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options

nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list
 is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states.
@@ -2675,7 +2675,7 @@ or the options are left undefined. The latter means to use
 a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2698,10 +2698,10 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

const char *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);
+ guint idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2731,13 +2731,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (

nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2768,13 +2768,13 @@ DNS option, or -1 if no valid option is found

nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_option);

 
Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

@@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_option);

@@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 1.2

@@ -2876,11 +2876,11 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value 
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                gboolean is_set);
+ gboolean is_set);

Removes all configured DNS options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2906,11 +2906,11 @@ Specify how to clear the options.

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2932,12 +2932,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (int idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2993,14 +2993,14 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   NMIPAddress *address);

 
Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting.  The
 given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

@@ -3036,7 +3036,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPAddress *address);

@@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

@@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_addresses (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_addresses (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3138,17 +3138,17 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (

Returns

the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or -NULL.

+NULL.

nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (int idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3204,14 +3204,14 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (

nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

 
Adds a new route and associated information to the setting.  The
 given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

@@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (

nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

@@ -3278,7 +3278,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3300,7 +3300,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

@@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (Removes all configured routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3328,13 +3328,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3356,14 +3356,14 @@ specify a metric. See

nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3378,21 +3378,21 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.

nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3407,7 +3407,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information should be ignored.

@@ -3421,7 +3421,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_hostname property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3442,14 +3442,14 @@ property.

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the +

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically update DNS information for this machine.

@@ -3472,14 +3472,14 @@ update DNS information for this machine.

nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3494,20 +3494,20 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection should never be the default +

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection

nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3522,18 +3522,18 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP +

TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3555,13 +3555,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (

nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3791,7 +3791,7 @@ the particular kind of device.

Property Details

The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *
+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

Array of IP addresses.

Element-Type: NMIPAddress

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3799,7 +3799,7 @@ the particular kind of device.

The “dad-timeout” property

-
  “dad-timeout”              gint
+
  “dad-timeout”              gint

Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address @@ -3814,8 +3814,8 @@ timeout in milliseconds.

The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
-

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
+

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and “dhcp-fqdn” are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -3825,19 +3825,19 @@ cannot be set at the same time.

The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
-

If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. +

  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
+

If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the -“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is -TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is +TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint
+
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint

A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: >= 0

@@ -3846,16 +3846,16 @@ providing a static hostname for the computer. If the

The “dns” property

-
  “dns”                      GStrv
+
  “dns”                      GStrv

Array of IP addresses of DNS servers.

Flags: Read / Write

The “dns-options” property

-
  “dns-options”              GStrv
+
  “dns-options”              GStrv

Array of DNS options.

-

NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. +

NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3864,7 +3864,7 @@ distinct from an empty list of properties.

The “dns-priority” property

-
  “dns-priority”             gint
+
  “dns-priority”             gint

DNS priority.

The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS servers in resolv.conf. A lower value means that servers will be on top @@ -3884,14 +3884,14 @@ value will be used.

The “dns-search” property

-
  “dns-search”               GStrv
+
  “dns-search”               GStrv

Array of DNS search domains.

Flags: Read / Write

The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *
+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful if “addresses” is also set.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3900,9 +3900,9 @@ if

The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to -TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are +TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if any, are used.

@@ -3912,9 +3912,9 @@ any, are used.

The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to -TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes +TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -3922,12 +3922,12 @@ specified in the

The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the +

  “may-fail”                 gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the configuration specified by this property times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to -TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration +TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -3936,7 +3936,7 @@ successfully.

The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *
+
  “method”                   gchar *

IP configuration method.

NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto", "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for @@ -3956,8 +3956,8 @@ manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.

The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this +

  “never-default”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -3966,7 +3966,7 @@ NetworkManager.

The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64
+
  “route-metric”             gint64

The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. @@ -3984,7 +3984,7 @@ For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.

The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *
+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

Array of IP routes.

Element-Type: NMIPRoute

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html index 52f209c1..f87f9668 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIPTunnel: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery () @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit () @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label () @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -153,67 +153,67 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint encapsulation-limit Read / Write / Construct
guintguint flow-label Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * input-key Read / Write
-gchar * local Read / Write
guintguint mode Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * output-key Read / Write
-gchar * parent Read / Write
gbooleangboolean path-mtu-discovery Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * remote Read / Write
guintguint tos Read / Write / Construct
guintguint ttl Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPTunnel
 

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_parent (Returns the “parent” property of the setting

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mode (Returns the “mode” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_local (Returns the “local” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (Returns the “remote” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -422,12 +422,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -449,12 +449,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -476,13 +476,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_input_key (Returns the “input-key” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (Returns the “output-key” property of the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -558,13 +558,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -586,12 +586,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (

nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (

Property Details

The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint
+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint
+
  “flow-label”               guint

The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ IPv6 tunnels.

The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *
+
  “input-key”                gchar *

The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *
+
  “local”                    gchar *

The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP or NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -779,14 +779,14 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *
+
  “output-key”               gchar *

The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface.

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ routed via that interface.

The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean
+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ routed via that interface.

The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *
+
  “remote”                   gchar *

The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ address.

The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint
+
  “tos”                      guint

The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on tunneled packets.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ tunneled packets.

The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint
+
  “ttl”                      guint

The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that packets inherit the TTL value.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html index c2fd7ef3..1d076ee3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingInfiniband: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -107,29 +107,29 @@ +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
gintgint p-key Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * transport-mode Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 

@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (voidNMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_transport_mode 'connected'.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_parent (Returns the parent interface name for this device, if set.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -340,10 +340,10 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

Returns the interface name created by combining “parent” and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will -return NULL.)

+return NULL.)

Parameters

-
+
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ return

Returns

-

the interface name, or NULL

+

the interface name, or NULL

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ return

Property Details

The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint
+
  “p-key”                    gint

The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" @@ -440,8 +440,8 @@ P_Key.

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
-

The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, +

  “parent”                   gchar *
+

The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or “mac-address”.

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or

The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *
+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html index 140fc088..ed25ec8a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingMacvlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap () @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -93,23 +93,23 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint mode Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean promiscuous Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean tap Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingMacvlanMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingMacvlan
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_new (voidNMSettingMacvlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_parent (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -238,11 +238,11 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (

nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -264,11 +264,11 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (

nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (

enum NMSettingMacvlanMode

Members

-
+
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (

Property Details

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple macvlans on the same lower device.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ macvlans on the same lower device.

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ with a

The “promiscuous” property

-
  “promiscuous”              gboolean
+
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ with a

The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean
+
  “tap”                      gboolean

Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html index ac964279..a7bb2b97 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingOlpcMesh: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel () @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,19 +85,19 @@ - + +gchar * +GBytes * @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * dhcp-anycast-address Read / Write
-GBytes * ssid Read / Write
+
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

@@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address

Property Details

The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint
+
  “channel”                  guint

Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address

The “dhcp-anycast-address” property

-
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *
+
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP. The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class answers the request.

@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ answers the request.

The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

SSID of the mesh network to join.

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html index 3115d526..a2891108 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingPpp: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval () @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Properties

-
+
@@ -207,92 +207,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

- + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Types and Values

-
guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean crtscts Read / Write / Construct
guintguint lcp-echo-failure Read / Write / Construct
guintguint lcp-echo-interval Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean mppe-stateful Read / Write / Construct
guintguint mru Read / Write / Construct
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean no-vj-comp Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean noauth Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean nobsdcomp Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean nodeflate Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-chap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-eap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-mschap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-mschapv2 Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-pap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean require-mppe Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean require-mppe-128 Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPpp
 

@@ -419,11 +419,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -444,11 +444,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -469,11 +469,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -494,11 +494,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -519,11 +519,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -544,11 +544,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -569,11 +569,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -594,11 +594,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -619,11 +619,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (

nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -644,11 +644,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -669,11 +669,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -694,11 +694,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -719,11 +719,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (

nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -744,11 +744,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (

nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -769,11 +769,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -794,11 +794,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -819,11 +819,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -844,11 +844,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (

Property Details

The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint
+
  “baud”                     guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.

@@ -1002,17 +1002,17 @@ choose the speed.

The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean
-

If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware +

  “crtscts”                  gboolean
+

If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set -to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint
+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ value if this property is used.

The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint
+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not @@ -1034,8 +1034,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more +

  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint
+
  “mru”                      guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.

@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1063,82 +1063,82 @@ size.

The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean
-

If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to -authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication -from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean
+

If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to +authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication +from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
-

If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
+

If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean
-

If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean
+

If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean
-

If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean
+

If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
-

If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
+

If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean
-

If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for +

  “require-mppe”             gboolean
+

If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.

@@ -1148,10 +1148,10 @@ connections.

The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
-

If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be +

  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
+

If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also -be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html index 88052816..72088d99 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingPppoe: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * password Read / Write
-gchar * service Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPppoe
 

@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_new (void
 nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_username (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (

Property Details

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (

The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *
+
  “service”                  gchar *

If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html index 6a0bfa93..232d6b74 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingSerial: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ serial communications

Functions

-
+
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_baud () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_bits () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ serial communications

Properties

-
+
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ serial communications

- + - + @@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ serial communications

- + - + @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ serial communications

Types and Values

-
guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
guintguint bits Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write / Construct
guint64guint64 send-delay Read / Write / Construct
guintguint stopbits Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ serial communications

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialParity
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
@@ -204,11 +204,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void

nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (

nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (

nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -304,11 +304,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (

nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (The parity setting of a serial port.

Members

-
+
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (

Property Details

The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint
+
  “baud”                     guint

Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint
+
  “bits”                     guint

Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64
+
  “send-delay”               guint64

Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint
+
  “stopbits”                 guint

Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html index 052b9e55..ba7289c9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTeam: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * config Read / Write
+
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ nm_setting_team_new (void<
 nm_setting_team_get_config (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (

Property Details

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html index ee1cd8f2..d014af92 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTeamPort: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * config Read / Write
+
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_new (voidNMSettingTeamPort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (

Property Details

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html index 7da17396..71960a11 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTun: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_pi () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -109,33 +109,33 @@ +gchar * - + - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * group Read / Write
guintguint mode Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean multi-queue Read / Write
-gchar * owner Read / Write
gbooleangboolean pi Read / Write
gbooleangboolean vnet-hdr Read / Write
+
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTunMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTun
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_new (voidNMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_mode (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_owner (NMSettingTun *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -298,11 +298,11 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (

nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (

nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -350,11 +350,11 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (

nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTunMode values indicate the device type (TUN/TAP)

Members

-
+
@@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (

Property Details

The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *
-

The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone +

  “group”                    gchar *
+

The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ will be able to use the device.

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint
+
  “mode”                     guint

The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN to create a layer 3 device and NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP to create an Ethernet-like layer 2 @@ -487,8 +487,8 @@ one.

The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean
-

If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support +

  “multi-queue”              gboolean
+

If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only support a single queue.

@@ -499,8 +499,8 @@ support a single queue.

The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gchar *
-

The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone +

  “owner”                    gchar *
+

The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone will be able to use the device.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ will be able to use the device.

The “pi” property

-
  “pi”                       gboolean
-

If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the +

  “pi”                       gboolean
+

If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the physical interface to the packets.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ physical interface to the packets.

The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
-

If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio +

  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean
+

If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio network header.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html index 21cf8873..2f0b1346 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_id () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gint32 +gint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_get_priority () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ - + @@ -159,18 +159,18 @@ - + - + +gchar * @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Types and Values

-
GStrvGStrv egress-priority-map Read / Write
Read / Write / Construct
guintguint id Read / Write / Construct
GStrvGStrv ingress-priority-map Read / Write
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap GFlags╰── NMVlanFlags - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingVlan @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_new (void< nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -285,11 +285,11 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (

nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -310,11 +310,11 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (

nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (

nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entires in the
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -371,17 +371,17 @@ properties of this setting.

nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -418,17 +418,17 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from is @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Priority Code Point (PCP) value, and to is the outgoing 802.1q VLAN Priority Code Point (PCP) value.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -481,8 +481,8 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if error

@@ -491,14 +491,14 @@ list, void nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting, NMVlanPriorityMap map, - guint32 idx); + guint32 idx);

Removes the priority map at index idx from the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -527,12 +527,12 @@ properties.

nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

Removes the priority map form :to from the “ingress_priority_map” @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ or

Parameters

-
+
@@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ or 
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (“egress_priority_map” properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (

nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ or the 
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

Returns

-

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it -overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it +overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ overwrote the old value,

Members

-
+
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

NMVlanFlags values control the behavior of the VLAN interface.

Members

-
+
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

Property Details

The “egress-priority-map” property

-
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv
+
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ is still considered as 0.

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

The “ingress-priority-map” property

-
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv
+
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html index d870d2d9..f82d0388 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVpn: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items () @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets () @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret () @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -179,35 +179,35 @@ +GHashTable * - + +GHashTable * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-GHashTable * data Read / Write
gbooleangboolean persistent Read / Write
-GHashTable * secrets Read / Write
-gchar * service-type Read / Write
guintguint timeout Read / Write
-gchar * user-name Read / Write
+
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVpn
 

@@ -281,10 +281,10 @@ properties.

 
void
 (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_service_type (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ plugin that should be used to connect to this VPN.

nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (NMSettingVpn *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -378,11 +378,11 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (

nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -403,12 +403,12 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (

nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ setting which may be retrieved later. Should not be used to store passwords or other secrets, which is what nm_setting_vpn_add_secret() is for.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_data_item (nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -506,14 +506,14 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
 nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (

Returns

-

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.

@@ -545,14 +545,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting, NMVpnIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Iterates all data items stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify data items inside func , though any additions or removals made during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -582,12 +582,12 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_add_secret (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_secret (nm_setting_vpn_add_secret().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -684,14 +684,14 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
 nm_setting_vpn_add_secret().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -713,8 +713,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.

@@ -723,14 +723,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting, NMVpnIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Iterates all secrets stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify secrets inside func , though any additions or removals made during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -760,11 +760,11 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (

Property Details

The “data” property

-
  “data”                     GHashTable *
+
  “data”                     GHashTable *

Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data. Both keys and values must be strings.

Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -846,8 +846,8 @@ values must be strings.

The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean
-

If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, +

  “persistent”               gboolean
+

If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ until explicitly disconnected.

The “secrets” property

-
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *
+
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.

Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.

The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *
+
  “service-type”             gchar *

D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.

@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ plugin.

The “timeout” property

-
  “timeout”                  guint
+
  “timeout”                  guint

Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ timeout in seconds.

The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *
+
  “user-name”                gchar *

If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html index bcec9196..d7a5b19f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVxlan: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_id () @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port () @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl () @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing () @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit () @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy () @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning () @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc () @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss () @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -187,85 +187,85 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint ageing Read / Write / Construct
guintguint destination-port Read / Write / Construct
guintguint id Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean l2-miss Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean l3-miss Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean learning Read / Write / Construct
guintguint limit Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * local Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean proxy Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * remote Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean rsc Read / Write / Construct
guintguint source-port-max Read / Write / Construct
guintguint source-port-min Read / Write / Construct
guintguint tos Read / Write / Construct
guintguint ttl Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVxlan
 

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_new (void
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -410,11 +410,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_local (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -514,11 +514,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -540,11 +540,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -566,11 +566,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -592,11 +592,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -618,11 +618,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -644,11 +644,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -670,11 +670,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -696,11 +696,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -722,11 +722,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -748,11 +748,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -774,11 +774,11 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (

nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (

Property Details

The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint
+
  “ageing”                   guint

Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 300

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (

The “destination-port” property

-
  “destination-port”         guint
+
  “destination-port”         guint

Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ use.

The “l2-miss” property

-
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean
+
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ use.

The “l3-miss” property

-
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean
+
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ use.

The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean
+
  “learning”                 gboolean

Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint
+
  “limit”                    guint

Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that the kernel will store unlimited entries.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *
+
  “local”                    gchar *

If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: NULL

@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: NULL

@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean
+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *
+
  “remote”                   gchar *

Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean
+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

The “source-port-max” property

-
  “source-port-max”          guint
+
  “source-port-max”          guint

Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

The “source-port-min” property

-
  “source-port-min”          guint
+
  “source-port-min”          guint

Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint
+
  “tos”                      guint

Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 255

@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint
+
  “ttl”                      guint

Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 255

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html index f284bf52..a8c0e8ba 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWimax: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
-gchar * network-name Read / Write
+
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_network_name (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ to.

Property Details

The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (known as MAC spoofing).

@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *
+
  “network-name”             gchar *

Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html index 9ebe77ac..e1126e8a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWired: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_speed () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate () @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option () @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -250,80 +250,80 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +GHashTable * - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean auto-negotiate Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * cloned-mac-address Read / Write
-gchar * duplex Read / Write
-gchar * generate-mac-address-mask Read / Write
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
GStrvGStrv mac-address-blacklist Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * port Read / Write
-gchar * s390-nettype Read / Write
-GHashTable * s390-options Read / Write
GStrvGStrv s390-subchannels Read / Write
guintguint speed Read / Write / Construct
guintguint wake-on-lan Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * wake-on-lan-password Read / Write
+
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_new (void nm_setting_wired_get_port (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -464,11 +464,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (

nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -514,11 +514,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (

nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_generate_mac_address_mask (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -643,12 +643,12 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist

nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -672,10 +672,10 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -705,14 +705,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

 
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

@@ -744,12 +744,12 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
  from the blacklist.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -833,11 +833,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ connection is applicable to. The connection should only be used in conjunction with that device.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_nettype (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -915,14 +915,14 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
 option individually using nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -943,9 +943,9 @@ option individually using

nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ and should not be used to refer to options except for short periods of time
 such as during option iteration.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -991,8 +991,8 @@ modified.

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key , if it exists.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1030,14 +1030,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ of allowed options.  Key names may contain only alphanumeric characters
 may already exist.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1074,14 +1074,14 @@ may already exist.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.

nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.

@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

Returns a list of valid s390 options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

[transfer none]

@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan (Returns the Wake-on-LAN options enabled for the connection

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MAGIC.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password

Returns

-

the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

+

the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password are supported by all devices.

Members

-
+
@@ -1407,9 +1407,9 @@ are supported by all devices.

Property Details

The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If -FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and +

  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If +FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and "duplex" properties should be set.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ are supported by all devices.

The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *
+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead of its permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

Beside explicitly specifing a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent", @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "permanent".

The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *
+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode. Either "half" or "full".

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1446,14 +1446,14 @@ Either "half" or "full".

The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

-
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *
+
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

-

If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default -connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the +

If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default +connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ administered.

The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv
+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list. Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *
+
  “port”                     gchar *

Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. @@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *
+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

The “s390-options” property

-
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *
+
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options. Both keys and values must be strings. Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others. Key names must contain only @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv
+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host. Like the “mac-address” property for non-z/VM devices, this property @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ period (.) character.

The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint
+
  “speed”                    guint

If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

The “wake-on-lan” property

-
  “wake-on-lan”              guint
+
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST, @@ -1575,9 +1575,9 @@ NetworkManager).

The “wake-on-lan-password” property

-
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *
+
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based -Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, +Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address. If NULL, no password will be required.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html index 98c7a146..7fd3ffe9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWireless: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel () @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate () @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid () @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids () @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible () @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -254,88 +254,88 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + +GBytes * - + @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * band Read / Write
-gchar * bssid Read / Write
guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * cloned-mac-address Read / Write
-gchar * generate-mac-address-mask Read / Write
gbooleangboolean hidden Read / Write
-gchar * mac-address Read / Write
GStrvGStrv mac-address-blacklist Read / Write
guintguint mac-address-randomization Read / Write
-gchar * mode Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
guintguint powersave Read / Write
guintguint rate Read / Write / Construct
GStrvGStrv seen-bssids Read / Write
-GBytes * ssid Read / Write
guintguint tx-power Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
@@ -471,11 +471,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void

nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mode (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -547,11 +547,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (

nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -597,11 +597,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -622,11 +622,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (

nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_generate_mac_address_mask (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -751,12 +751,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -780,10 +780,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -813,14 +813,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

 
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

@@ -852,12 +852,12 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
  from the blacklist.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -941,11 +941,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -966,11 +966,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (

nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -991,11 +991,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (

nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_randomization (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ setting

nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ no longer has much use. Actually, changes you make using this function will
 not be preserved.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1076,19 +1076,19 @@ not be preserved.

Returns

-

TRUE if bssid -was already known, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if bssid +was already known, FALSE if not

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1111,10 +1111,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids

nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ against a set of access points and determine which connections are
 compatible with which access points.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 - + @@ -1203,8 +1203,8 @@ capabilities

Returns

-

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's -security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's +security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ for this connection.

These flags indicate whether wireless powersave must be enabled.

Members

-

s_wireless_sec

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
+
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ for this connection.

Property Details

The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *
+
  “band”                     gchar *

802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ capability and may not work with all drivers.

The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *
+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point. This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices. Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint
+
  “channel”                  guint

Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ also requires the "band" property to be set.

The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *
+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead of its permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

Beside explicitly specifing a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent", @@ -1454,14 +1454,14 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "permanent".

The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

-
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *
+
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

-

If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default -connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the +

If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default +connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, @@ -1485,8 +1485,8 @@ administered.

The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean
-

If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides +

  “hidden”                   gboolean
+

If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.

The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *
+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv
+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply. Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

The “mac-address-randomization” property

-
  “mac-address-randomization” guint
+
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (never randomize unless the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant supports randomization), NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (never @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ randomize the MAC address), or

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *
+
  “mode”                     gchar *

Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint
+
  “powersave”                guint

One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (don't touch currently @@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ globally configured value). All other values are reserved.

The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint
+
  “rate”                     guint

If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

The “seen-bssids” property

-
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv
+
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network. NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The @@ -1587,14 +1587,14 @@ preserved.

The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *
+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.

Flags: Read / Write

The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint
+
  “tx-power”                 guint

If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html index 5b5f96df..a30037bf 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWirelessSecurity: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Functions

-
+
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups () @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group () @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value () @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx () @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Properties

-
+
@@ -295,24 +295,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -323,23 +323,23 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * - + - + +gchar * @@ -360,30 +360,30 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Types and Values

-
-gchar * auth-alg Read / Write
GStrvGStrv group Read / Write
-gchar * key-mgmt Read / Write
-gchar * leap-password Read / Write
-gchar * leap-username Read / Write
GStrvGStrv pairwise Read / Write
GStrvGStrv proto Read / Write
-gchar * psk Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key0 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key1 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key2 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key3 Read / Write
guintguint wep-tx-keyidx Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -547,12 +547,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -577,10 +577,10 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ by this connection only supports WPA2/RSN, the connection cannot be used
 with the access point.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -643,8 +643,8 @@ with the access point.

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed -protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+

TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed +protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -653,11 +653,11 @@ protocol list, or void nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -681,14 +681,14 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

 
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_protos specified then all protocols are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -740,12 +740,12 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -769,12 +769,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ list.

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ one or more of the encryption algorithms in the list will be considered
 compatible with this connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -845,12 +845,12 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ algorithm list.

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
 algorithm list.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_pairwise specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -934,12 +934,12 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -963,12 +963,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ list.

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ one or more of the encryption algorithms in the list will be considered
 compatible with this connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -1040,12 +1040,12 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ algorithm list.

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
 algorithm list.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_groups specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_username (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1264,10 +1264,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1298,12 +1298,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

Sets a WEP key in the given index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1334,12 +1334,12 @@ property.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_auth_alg (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ keys are hashed differently to determine the actual WEP key the type must be specified.

Members

-
+
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

Property Details

The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *
+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When @@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the

The “group” property

-
  “group”                    GStrv
+
  “group”                    GStrv

A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *
+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

Key management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for @@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *
+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *
+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

The “pairwise” property

-
  “pairwise”                 GStrv
+
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".

The “proto” property

-
  “proto”                    GStrv
+
  “proto”                    GStrv

List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN). If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

@@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *
+
  “psk”                      gchar *

Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII @@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

Index 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

Index 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

Index 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

Index 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint
+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html index c7ee43e3..323b4db0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSimpleConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
@@ -115,14 +115,14 @@ but might be used in the process of creating a new one.

nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
-                                    GError **error);
+nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict, + GError **error);

Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the connection and normalize the connection. See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a description of the expected hash table.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

- + @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

Returns

the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with -settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the +settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to normalize.

[transfer full]

@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ nm_simple_connection_new_clone (Clones an NMConnection as an NMSimpleConnection.

Parameters

-

dict

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

  
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html index 28b6cd12..30374ebb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMVpnConnection: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * banner Read
+
@@ -95,13 +95,13 @@ - +
void vpn-state-changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMVpnConnection implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state (Gets the current NMVpnConnection state.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_get_banner (NMVpnConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *
+
  “banner”                   gchar *

The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -237,10 +237,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

The “vpn-state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ guint arg1, + guint arg2, + gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html index baa30eed..46da86ab 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMVpnEditorPlugin: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
-gsize +gsize nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt () @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export () @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -152,19 +152,19 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * description Read
-gchar * name Read
-gchar * service Read
+
@@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ - +
void changedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Prerequisites

NMVpnEditor requires - GObject.

+ GObject.

Description

@@ -248,13 +248,13 @@ NMVpnEditor requires

NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);
+(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);
+nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);
@@ -262,10 +262,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (NMVpnEditor * nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin, NMConnection *connection, - GError **error); + GError **error);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor ( - + @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (

Returns

-

a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error.

+

a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

@@ -305,10 +305,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              NMVpnEditorPluginVT *vt,
-                             gsize vt_size);

+                             gsize vt_size);

Returns an opaque VT function table for the plugin to extend functionality. The actual meaning of NMVpnEditorPluginVT is not defined in public API of libnm, instead it must be agreed by @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ both the plugin and the caller. See the header-only file 'nm-vpn-editor-plugin-call.h' which defines the meaning.

Parameters

-

error

on return, an error or NULL

on return, an error or NULL

  
+
@@ -355,10 +355,10 @@ size of plugin's VT.

NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (

error

- + @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (

Returns

a new NMConnection imported from path -, or NULL +, or NULL on error or if the file at path was not recognized by this plugin.

[transfer full]

@@ -395,11 +395,11 @@ was not recognized by this plugin.

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
                              NMConnection *connection,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);
@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service, int check_owner, NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Load the shared libary plugin_name and create a new NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ A consequence for that is, that you cannot omit the ".so" suffix as you could for nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load().

Parameters

-

on return, an error or NULL

on return, an error or NULL

  
+
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ loading the shared library.

Returns

-

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

+

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.2

@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

NMVpnEditorPlugin *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load (const char *plugin_name,
                            const char *check_service,
-                           GError **error);
+ GError **error);

Load the shared libary plugin_name and create a new NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ to dlopen(). If you have the full path to a plugin nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file() is preferred.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ the given service.

Returns

-

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

+

a new plugin instance or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.4

@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ the given service.

nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_plugin_info (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ This takes a weak reference on plugin_info

Parameters

-
+
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

 - + @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

Flags that indicate certain capabilities of the plugin to editor programs.

Members

-

plugin_info

a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL.

a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

Interface for VPN editor plugins.

Members

-
+
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

 +if non-NULL.

 @@ -719,27 +719,27 @@ if non- @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

Property Details

The “description” property

-
  “description”              gchar *
+
  “description”              gchar *

Longer description of the VPN plugin.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

Short display name of the VPN plugin.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *
+
  “service”                  gchar *

D-Bus service name of the plugin's VPN service.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -801,8 +801,8 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by

The “changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
-               gpointer     user_data)
-

Flags: Run First

+ gpointer user_data) +

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html index 424afa56..569ffd11 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMWimaxNsp: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

get_editor ()

returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection -if non-NULL.

 

import_from_file ()

Try to import a connection from the specified path. On -success, return a partial NMConnection object. On error, return NULL and +success, return a partial NMConnection object. On error, return NULL and set error with additional information. Note that error -can be NULL, in +can be NULL, in which case no additional error information should be provided.

  

export_to_file ()

Export the given connection to the specified path. Return -TRUE on success. On error, return FALSE and set error +TRUE on success. On error, return FALSE and set error with additional error information. Note that error -can be NULL, in which case no +can be NULL, in which case no additional error information should be provided.

  

get_suggested_filename ()

For a given connection, return a suggested file -name. Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by +name. Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by the caller.

  

Functions

-
+
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid () @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ - + @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * name Read
Read
guintguint signal-quality Read
+
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMWimaxNsp implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -185,12 +185,12 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (

nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

 
Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (Gets the network type of the wimax NSP.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -237,16 +237,16 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (

nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and return connections which may be activated with the NSP. Any returned connections will match the nsp 's network name and other attributes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ connections will match the nsp - @@ -270,16 +270,16 @@ filter.

Returns

an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp +NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp . The array should -be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
                                NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ connection may be activated with that NSP.  The connection must match the
 's network name and other attributes.

 

 
Parameters

-

connections

an array of NMConnections to +

an array of NMConnections to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
+
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, -FALSE if it cannot be.

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP, +FALSE if it cannot be.

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ against

Property Details

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The name of the WiMAX NSP.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ against

The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint
+
  “signal-quality”           guint

The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

Flags: Read

Allowed values: <= 100

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html b/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html index 536d9dc2..82a162a8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Annotation Glossary: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html index 8580254b..c898fb3a 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ API Index: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -909,19 +909,19 @@
-NMConnection, struct in nm-core-types +NMConnection, struct in nm-core-types
-NMConnection::changed, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::changed, object signal in nm-core-types
-NMConnection::secrets-cleared, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::secrets-cleared, object signal in nm-core-types
-NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in nm-core-types +NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in nm-core-types
@@ -8562,7 +8562,7 @@
-NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor +NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
@@ -8638,7 +8638,7 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo, struct in nm-vpn-plugin-info
-nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor +nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
@@ -8698,7 +8698,7 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo, struct in nm-vpn-plugin-info
-nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor +nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html index c1e74fc1..82f3f9b7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Client Object API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html index e500c1ec..9b411960 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Connection and Setting API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html index 71a344e8..bd207fa5 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Device and Runtime Configuration API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html index 467f6474..96ebc473 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Utility API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html index b214f75e..962d2c83 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ VPN Plugin API Reference: libnm Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html index d0e7f283..6d21a7b2 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ libnm Reference Manual: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

- for libnm 1.4.2 + for libnm 1.4.4 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://developer.gnome.org/libnm/stable/. diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html index 829ec98a..9602bec1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-dbus-interface: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@

NMState values indicate the current overall networking state.

Members

-
+
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@

enum NMConnectivityState

Members

-
+
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ device object.

Members

-
+
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

General device capability flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

802.11 specific device encryption and authentication capabilities.

Members

-
+
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

802.11 access point flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ the current security requirements of an access point as determined from the access point's beacon.

Members

-
+
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ is supported

Indicates the 802.11 mode an access point or device is currently in.

Members

-
+
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ is supported

Bluetooth device.

Members

-
+
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ specific access technologies the device supports use the ModemManager D-Bus API.

Members

-
+
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

WiMAX network type.

Members

-
+
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

enum NMDeviceState

Members

-
+
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

Device state change reason codes

Members

-
+
@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

enum NMMetered

Members

-
+
@@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ specific network while it is starting, connected, or disconnecting from that network.

Members

-
+
@@ -2120,7 +2120,7 @@ network.

NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags values modify the behavior of a GetSecrets request.

Members

-
+
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ network.

NMSecretAgentCapabilities indicate various capabilities of the agent.

Members

-
+
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

The tunneling mode.

Members

-
+
@@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

The flags for CheckpointCreate call

Members

-
+
@@ -2453,7 +2453,7 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

The result of a checkpoint Rollback() operation for a specific device.

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html index 5b4e5994..dd46f127 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-errors: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_agent_manager_error_quark () @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_crypto_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_device_error_quark () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_manager_error_quark () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_secret_agent_error_quark () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_settings_error_quark () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark () @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -202,49 +202,49 @@

Functions

nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

nm_crypto_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

nm_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_manager_error_quark (void);

nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

nm_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_settings_error_quark (void);

nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);
@@ -254,11 +254,11 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void

enum NMAgentManagerError

Errors returned from the secret-agent manager.

These errors may be returned from operations that could cause secrets to be -requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus +requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager" namespace.

Members

-
+
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on

Members

-
+
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on NMSetting8021x operations.

Members

-
+
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ returned from D-Bus operations (where they correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device" namespace).

Members

-
+
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager" interface, and correspond to D-Bus errors in that namespace.

Members

-
+
@@ -714,12 +714,12 @@ errors in that namespace.

when they encounter problems retrieving secrets on behalf of NM. They correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretManager" namespace.

-

Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error +

Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error codes; instead, the secret agent manager will translate them to the corresponding NMAgentManagerError codes.

Members

-
+
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings" interface, and correspond to D-Bus errors in that namespace.

Members

-
+
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ D-Bus errors in that namespace.

to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Error" namespace.

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html index 8c329f36..3e2b725e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-utils: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - -
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_empty_ssid () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_same_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_security_valid () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wep_key_valid () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant () @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant () @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant () @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
-GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant () @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_certificate () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_private_key () @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 () @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) () @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq () @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel () @@ -336,21 +336,21 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()
const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs () @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
-gsize +gsize nm_utils_hwaddr_len () @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba () @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
-guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton () @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_valid () @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_matches () @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
-GBytes * +GBytes * nm_utils_hexstr2bin () @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_iface_valid_name () @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_uuid () @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ipaddr_valid () @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility () @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_enum_from_str () @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -564,15 +564,15 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

Functions

nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                        gsize len);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                        gsize len);

Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the AP's SSID. This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -595,22 +595,22 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      gsize len);
+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal representation of that character. Intended for debugging only, should not be used for display of SSIDs.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -640,12 +640,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
-                    gsize len1,
-                    const guint8 *ssid2,
-                    gsize len2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
+                    gsize len1,
+                    const guint8 *ssid2,
+                    gsize len2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal, but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings) @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ cost of some compatibility with odd SSIDs that may legitimately have trailing NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

- + @@ -693,15 +693,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
-                       gsize len);
+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings. Thus, an SSID may contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters. Often it is useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ into a printable UTF-8 string, using roughly the following procedure:

_only_.

Parameters

-

ignore_trailing_null

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  
+
@@ -747,19 +747,19 @@ _only_.

Returns

an allocated string containing a UTF-8 -representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). -Returns NULL on errors.

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). +Returns NULL on errors.

[transfer full]

nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ type, and AP capabilities intersect.

 use nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid() instead.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -824,15 +824,15 @@ e.g. (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are +

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ against, determines whether the combination of device capabilities and
 desired security type are valid for AP/Hotspot connections.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -864,22 +864,22 @@ e.g.

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired +

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
  is a valid WEP key

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -901,20 +901,20 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not

nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -929,20 +929,20 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing dns +

a new floating GVariant representing dns .

[transfer none]

@@ -966,12 +966,12 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

char **
-nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of +nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value); +

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -979,32 +979,32 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 - +

value

a GVariant of type 'au'

a GVariant of type 'au'

  

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

+

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

[transfer full][type utf8]

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

 

 
Parameters

-

+
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1034,18 +1034,18 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
-gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
+gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
 the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway" fields
 of the other addresses are ignored.

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 

+
@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

-
+
@@ -1068,22 +1068,22 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aau'
a GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

 
 
 
 

+
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ metric).

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1106,14 +1106,14 @@ metric).

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
 of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop,
-and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 
 
 

+
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ and metric) into a 
value

-
+

 
 
 

GVariant of type 'aau'
GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

@@ -1129,18 +1129,18 @@ and metric) into a 
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1161,11 +1161,11 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (

nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1186,15 +1186,15 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (

nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C. This function will return a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it falls in the predefined classes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1215,13 +1215,13 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing dns +

a new floating GVariant representing dns .

[transfer none]

@@ -1245,12 +1245,12 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

char **
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of +nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value); +

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1258,33 +1258,33 @@ IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 - +

value

a GVariant of type 'aay'

a GVariant of type 'aay'

  

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

+

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

[transfer full][type utf8]

nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway).  The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
 all 0s.

 

 
Parameters

-

+
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ all 0s.

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1314,18 +1314,18 @@ all 0s.

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
 list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix,
-and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
+and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
 of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway"
 fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 
 
 

+
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

-
+
@@ -1348,22 +1348,22 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

  
 

 

 
 
 
 

+
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ metric).

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1386,14 +1386,14 @@ metric).

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
 array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next
-hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 
 
 

+
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ hop, and metric) into a 
value

-
+

 
 
 

GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

  
 

 

@@ -1409,23 +1409,23 @@ hop, and metric) into a 
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may include additional attributes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ include additional attributes.

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

[transfer none]

@@ -1448,16 +1448,16 @@ include additional attributes.

nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                     int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
 objects.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ objects.

- + @@ -1480,22 +1480,22 @@ objects.

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP routes (which are tuples of destination, prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

Parameters

-

value

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
+
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1518,16 +1518,16 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                  int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of destination,
-prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
+prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
 NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a

value

- + @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a

Returns

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

@@ -1562,13 +1562,13 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

Returns

a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const 
 
Parameters

-

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
+
@@ -1591,22 +1591,22 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
-                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

+                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

Tests if filename has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format recognized by NetworkManager.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1628,19 +1628,19 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  is a PKCS#12 file.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1655,24 +1655,24 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);

NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                               const struct stat *stat,
-                              gpointer user_data,
-                              GError **error);

+                              gpointer user_data,
+                              GError **error);
@@ -1681,16 +1681,16 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1711,16 +1711,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

- - +. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ function.

- + @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ function.

Returns

-

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

[transfer none]

@@ -1758,12 +1758,12 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.

nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

Parameters

-

paths

a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

[allow-none]

file_test_flags

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 

error

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1784,13 +1784,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1820,14 +1820,14 @@ is invalid

nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1888,13 +1888,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (

Returns

-

TRUE or FALSE

+

TRUE or FALSE

nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

 

@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void
 

 
nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

 

@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void
 
nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

+nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

 
Converts strength
  into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of
 strength suitable for printing to stdout. If the current locale and terminal
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent
 "bars". Otherwise it will use 0 to 4 asterisks.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent

nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

 
Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type
 .

@@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t
 ARPHRD_ETHER or ARPHRD_INFINIBAND.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1979,13 +1979,13 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t

nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
-                      gsize length);
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr, + gsize length);

Converts addr to textual form.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2016,15 +2016,15 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (

nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
-                       gsize length);

+                       gsize length);

Parses asc - and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See -nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See +nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char

Returns

-

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc +

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed.

[transfer full]

@@ -2055,10 +2055,10 @@ be parsed.

nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
-                      gpointer buffer,
-                      gsize length);

+                      gpointer buffer,
+                      gsize length);

Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . @@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ Bytes in asc can be sepatared by colons (:), or hyphens (-), but not mixed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

Returns

buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed or would be shorter or longer than length .

@@ -2104,15 +2104,15 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length

nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
-                       gssize length);

+                       gssize length);

Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given length.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2136,9 +2136,9 @@ is expected to convert to

Returns

-

TRUE if asc +

TRUE if asc appears to be a valid hardware address -of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

+of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

@@ -2146,14 +2146,14 @@ of the indicated length,

nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

char *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
-                           gssize length);
+ gssize length);

Parses asc to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with leading 0s as needed, and with colons rather than hyphens).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2179,18 +2179,18 @@ is expected to convert to

Returns

the canonicalized address if asc appears to -be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not.

+be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not.

[transfer full]

nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
-                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
-                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
-                         gssize hwaddr2_len);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
+                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
+                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
+                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1 and hwaddr2 @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

before being compared.

  • If hwaddr1 or hwaddr2 - is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was + is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len or hwaddr2_len bytes long.

    • @@ -2224,7 +2224,7 @@ sanity-checked before comparing them against known good addresses; they are guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)

     - + @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ is ASCII

     - + @@ -2260,9 +2260,9 @@ is ASCII

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if hwaddr1 +

    TRUE if hwaddr1 and hwaddr2 -are equivalent, FALSE if they are +are equivalent, FALSE if they are different (or either of them is invalid).

    @@ -2270,8 +2270,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).

    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()

    char *
-nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
-                     gsize len,
+nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
+                     gsize len,
                      int final_len);

    Converts the byte array src into a hexadecimal string. If final_len @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ greater than -1, the returned string is terminated at that index (returned_string[final_len] == '\0'),

    Parameters

    -

    hwaddr1

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

    		  

    hwaddr2

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL

    		  
    +
    @@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ array

    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()

    -
    GBytes *
+
    GBytes *
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);
    
 
    Converts a hexadecimal string hex
  into an array of bytes.  The optional
@@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ eg "00:11" or "0:1".  Any "0x" at the beginning of h
 may not start or end with ':'.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
-
    +
    @@ -2342,20 +2342,20 @@ may not start or end with ':'.

    Returns

    -

    the converted bytes, or NULL on error.

    +

    the converted bytes, or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

    -
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);
    
 
    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
-
    +
    @@ -2370,19 +2370,19 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    +

    TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

    nm_utils_is_uuid ()

    -
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);
    
 
    Checks if str
  is a UUID
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
-
    +
    @@ -2397,8 +2397,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if str -is a UUID, FALSE if not

    +

    TRUE if str +is a UUID, FALSE if not

    @@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t[skip]

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t

    dst

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

    [skip]

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

    Returns

    the input buffer dst , or a pointer to an -internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr +internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr , otherwise, this function cannot fail.

    @@ -2498,14 +2498,14 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.

    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()

    -
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                        const char *ip);
    
 
    Checks if ip
  contains a valid IP address of the given family.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
-

    dst

    the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.
    +
    @@ -2528,16 +2528,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE

    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

    -
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);
    
+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);

    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type can (in the general case) work with connections of type other_type @@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty then this checks if other_type is a valid type for a slave of that master.

    -

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that +

    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that every connection of type other_type is compatible with virtual_type @@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ configuration of the two connections, or on the capabilities of an underlying device driver.

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ underlying device driver.

    Returns

    -

    TRUE or FALSE

    +

    TRUE or FALSE

    @@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@ The mode string can be either a descriptive name or a number (as string).

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ See https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt for available modes.

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2650,15 +2650,15 @@ available modes.

    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()

    char *
-nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
+nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                       int value);

    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a -G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values. -If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the -function returns NULL.

    +G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values. +If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the +function returns NULL.

    Parameters

    -
    +
    @@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ function returns

    type

    -     + @@ -2680,27 +2680,27 @@ function returns

    Returns

    -

    a newly allocated string or NULL

    +

    a newly allocated string or NULL

    Since: 1.2

    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()

    -
    gboolean
-nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
+
    gboolean
+nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                         const char *str,
                         int *out_value,
                         char **err_token);
    
 
    Converts a string to the matching enum value.
    
-
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
+
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
 matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found
-the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
+the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
 containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 .
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
-

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

    		  
    +
    @@ -2709,7 +2709,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token - + @@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token

    Returns

    -

    TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise

    +

    TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2740,13 +2740,13 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token

    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()

    const char **
-nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
-                          gint from,
-                          gint to);
    +nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type, + gint from, + gint to);

    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.

    Parameters

    -

    type

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

    		  
    +
    @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (

    type

    -     + @@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (

    Returns

    a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings -or NULL on error.

    +or NULL on error.

    [transfer full]

    Since: 1.2

    @@ -2789,7 +2789,7 @@ Used with

    Members

    -

    the GType of the enum

    the GType of the enum

    		  
    +
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html index 73166291..a9aaa90d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-version: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

    Functions

    -
    +
    @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@

    Types and Values

    -
    +
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html index 1437c8d1..7fd305c1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-vpn-dbus-interface: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

    Types and Values

    -
    +
    @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

    VPN daemon states

    Members

    -
    +
    @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@

    VPN connection states

    Members

    -
    +
    @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@

    VPN connection state reasons

    Members

    -
    +
    @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@

    VPN plugin failure reasons

    Members

    -
    +
    diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html index 00711e15..acd04b42 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Object Hierarchy: libnm Reference Manual - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html b/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
index e5b0b936..f1b5e704 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
 
 Overview: libnm Reference Manual
-
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/version.xml b/docs/libnm/version.xml
index 9df886c4..1c99cf0e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.4.2
+1.4.4
-- 
cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5